Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 2010-2014  (170)
  • 2000-2004  (152)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (185)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (134)
  • Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
  • Ethics  (143)
  • Logic  (98)
  • Social Sciences  (86)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772076 , 9789400772083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 588 p. 17 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    DDC: 306
    Keywords: Sozialwissenschaften ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life / Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kindesmisshandlung
    Note: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy ; 2
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401788922
    Language: English
    Pages: xviii, 209 Seiten
    Series Statement: Social sciences
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    Keywords: Deleuze, Gilles ; Social sciences ; Philosophy and social sciences ; Public health ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Social Sciences ; Quality of Life Research ; Public Health ; Philosophy of the Social Sciences ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Ethik ; Gesundheit ; Lebensqualität ; Deleuze, Gilles 1925-1995 ; Lebensqualität ; Gesundheit ; Ethik
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 588 p. 17 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of child maltreatment
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kindesmisshandlung
    Abstract: This Handbook examines core questions still remaining in the field of child maltreatment. It addresses major challenges in child maltreatment work, starting with the question of what child abuse and neglect is exactly. It then goes on to examine why maltreatment occurs and what its consequences are. Next, it turns to prevention, treatment and intervention, as well as legal perspectives. The book studies the issue from the perspective of the broader international and cross-cultural human experience. Its aim is to review what is known, but even more importantly, to examine what remains to be known to make progress in helping abused children, their families, and their communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Author Biographies; Introduction; References; Part I: Child Maltreatment: What Is It?; Chapter 1: Trends in Child Abuse Reporting; Introduction; Referrals to CPS and CPS Responses: Evidence from NCANDS; Incidence of Maltreatment and CPS Investigation Rates: Evidence from NIS; Nonreporting by Mandated Reporters; Who Does and Does Not Report Child Maltreatment; Why Mandated Reporters Fail to Report; Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: Child Neglect: Challenges and Controversies; Defining Child Neglect; Challenges to Definitional Consensus
    Description / Table of Contents: Parent-Focused (Omissions) Versus Child-Focused (Meeting Needs)Actual Versus Potential Harm; Heterogeneity of Neglect; Importance of Chronicity; Developmentally Appropriate Definitions; Cultural Context; Incidence/Prevalence; Risk Factors; Societal Context; Poverty; Child Welfare and Health Professions; Community/Neighborhood Context; Social Capital; Family Context; Parent-Child Relationship; Stressful Life Experiences; Family Chaos and Violence; Individual Parent Factors; Caregiver Depression; Substance Use; Isolation and Lack of Social Support
    Description / Table of Contents: Developmental History, Personality, and Level of FunctioningInformation Processing; Child Factors; Protective Factors; General Factors; Context-Specific Factors; Consequences; Physical Development; Cognitive Development; Socioemotional Development; Neglect During Adolescence; Measurement; Treatment; Prevention; References; Chapter 3: Current Issues in Physical Abuse; Current Issues in Physical Abuse; Definitions; History; Epidemiology; Impact and Costs; International Issues and Cultural Practices; Skin Lesions; Fractures; Head Trauma; Other Injuries; Preventing Physical Abuse; Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Child Sexual Abuse: The History, Current State of the Art and the Challenges for the Future: A Pediatric Perspective; Where Do We Go from Here?; References; Chapter 5: Fatal Child Abuse; Background and History; Epidemiology of Fatal Child Maltreatment; Child Death Evaluation; Ideal Process for Child Death Investigation; Child Fatality Review Teams; Causes of Fatal Child Abuse Deaths; Abusive Head Trauma; Fatal Munchausen's Syndrome by Proxy; Suffocation Versus SIDS; Fatal Poisoning; Fatal Neglect; Prevention; References; Part II: Child Maltreatment: Why Does It Occur?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: A Multidimensional View of Continuity in Intergenerational Transmission of Child MaltreatmentA Multidimensional View of Continuity in Intergenerational Transmission of Child Maltreatment; A Multidimensional View of Continuity; A Multidimensional View of Child Maltreatment; A Multidimensional View of IGTM Phenomenology; Homotypic and Heterotypic IGTM; Undifferentiated IGTM; A Multidimensional View of IGTM Etiology; IGTM Mechanisms Specific to Subtypes; IGTM Mechanisms Common Across Subtypes; IGTM Mechanisms That Operate Differently Depending on Subtype
    Description / Table of Contents: Future Directions and Recommendations
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Jill E. Korbin and Richard D. KrugmanPART I. CHILD MALTREATMENT: WHAT IS IT? -- Chapter 1: Trends in Child Abuse Reporting; Andrea Sedlak and Raquel Ellis -- Chapter 2: Child Neglect: Challenges and Controversies; Laura Proctor and Howard Dubowitz -- Chapter 3: Current Issues in Physical Abuse; Vincent Palusci -- Chapter 4: Child Sexual Abuse: The History, Current State of the Art and the Challenges for the Future - a Pediatric Perspective; Astrid Heger -- Chapter 5: Fatal Child Abuse; Scott Krugman and Wendy Lane -- PART II. CHILD MALTREATMENT: WHY DOES IT OCCUR? -- Chapter 6: A Multidimensional View of Continuity in Intergenerational Transmission of Child Maltreatment: Sara Bezenski, Tuppett Yates and Byron Egeland -- Chapter 7: Poverty and Child Maltreatment; F. Brett Drake and Melissa Jonson-Reid -- Chapter 8: The Evolving Understanding of Disproportionality and Disparities in Child Welfare; Alan Dettlaff -- Chapter 9: Child Maltreatment and Disabilities: Increased Risk? Angelo Giardino, Eileen R. Giardino and Reena Isaac -- Chapter 10: Addressing Intimate Partner Violence and Child Maltreatment: Challenges and Opportunities; Jeanne Alhusen, Grace Ho, Kamala Smith and Jacqueline Campbell -- PART III. CHILD MALTREATMENT: WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES? -- Chapter 11: Neurobiological Consequences of Neglect and Abuse; Kristin Bernard, Teresa Lind and Mary Dozier -- Chapter 12: Longterm Consequences of Child Maltreatment; Cathy Spatz Widom -- PART IV. CHILD MALTREATMENT: WHAT CAN AND SHOULD WE DO ABOUT IT? -- Chapter 13: Beyond Maltreatment: Developing Support for Children in Multiproblem Families; Michael Wald -- Prevention -- Chapter 14: Sustaining Progress in Preventing Child Maltreatment: A Transformative Challenge; Deborah Daro and Genevieve Benedetti -- Chapter 15: Community-Level Prevention of Child Maltreatment; Beth Molnar and William Beardslee -- Chapter 16: The Public Health Approach to the Prevention of Child Maltreatment; Patricia Hashima -- Chapter 17: Strong Communities: A Community-wide Approach to Prevention of Child Maltreatment; Gary Melton -- Chapter 18: Prevention of Child Maltreatment: The Problem of Resource Allocation; Fred Wulczyn, Sara Feldman, Sarah McCue Horwitz and Lily Alpert.-Treatment and Intervention -- Chapter 19: Empirically Based Treatments for Maltreated Children: A Developmental Perspective; Susan Timmer and Anthony Urquiza -- Chapter 20: Psychosocial Consequences and Treatments for Maltreated Children; Monica Fitzgerald and Lucy Berliner -- Chapter 21: Foster Care and Child Well-Being: A Promise Whose Time Has Come; Heather Taussig and Tali Raviv -- Chapter 22: Addressing Child Maltreatment through Mutual Support and Self-Help Among Parents; Arlene Andrews -- Chapter 23: Nonoffending Mothers of Sexually Abused Children; Viola Vaughan-Eden -- Chapter 24: Beyond Investigations: Differential Response in Child Protection Services; Tamara Fuller -- Chapter 25: Decisions to Protect Children: A Decision Making Ecology; John Fluke, Donald Baumann, Len Dalgleish and Homer Kern -- Legal Perspectives -- Chapter 26: Using Law to Identify and Manage Child Maltreatment; Ben Mathews and Donald Bross -- Chapter 27: Judicial Issues in Child Maltreatment; Jesse Russell, Nancy Miller and Michael Nash -- Chapter 28: Law Enforcement’s Evolving Mission to Protect Children; Stephanie Stronks Knapp -- PART V.  CHILD MALTREATMENT: IS IT THE SAME EVERYWHERE? -- Chapter 29: Child Maltreatment as a Problem in International Law; Robin Kimbrough-Melton -- Chapter 30: Child Maltreatment and Global Mental Health: Biocultural Perspectives; Brandon Kohrt.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768062
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 201 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Schuppert, Fabian Freedom, recognition and non-domination
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Anerkennung ; Autonomie ; Handlungsfreiheit ; Philosophie ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit
    Abstract: This book offers an original account of a distinctly republican theory of social and global justice. The book starts by exploring the nature and value of Hegelian recognition theory. It shows the importance of that theory for grounding a normative account of free and autonomous agency. It is this normative account of free agency which provides the groundwork for a republican conception of social and global justice, based on the core-ideas of freedom as non-domination and autonomy as non-alienation. As the author argues, republicans should endorse a sufficientarian account of social justice, which focuses on the nature of social relationships and their effects on people's ability to act freely and realize their fundamental interests. On the global level, the book argues for the cosmopolitan extension of the republican principles of non-domination and non-alienation within a multi-level democratic system. In so doing, the book addresses a major gap in the existing literature, presenting an original theory of justice, which combines Hegelian recognition theory and republican ideas of freedom, and applying this hybrid theory to the global domain. Fabian Schuppert creates a grand synthesis uniting neo-republican insights on freedom with Hegelian recognition theory. The result is an account of agency that arises from the idea of non-domination whose aim it is to safeguard individual freedom. When combined with Hegelian recognition theory a social focus also emerges. This amalgam comments on many of the major disputes concerning global justice from a cosmopolitan perspective. Because of the broad scope and the many contemporary discussions engaged this book will be of keen interest to scholars as well as a welcome addition to the classroom. Michael Boylan, Professor and Chair, Philosophy, Marymount University, USA In this highly readable and imaginative book, Schuppert shows how a republican political theory can address the problems of recognition, identity, and non-domination. Moreover, Schuppert demonstrates that Hegel's political philosophy has continuing vitality for the 21st century as he applies it to contemporary policy debates on basic needs, human rights, and cosmopolitanism. Robert Paul Churchill, Professor of Philosophy, George Washington University, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsIntroduction - A Republican Theory of (Global) Justice.- Chapter One: The Nature of Free Rational Agency -- Chapter Two: Analysing Freedom & Autonomy - Recognition, Responsibility and Threats to Agency -- Chapter Three: Needs, Interests and Rights -- Chapter Four: Capabilities, Freedom and Sufficiency -- Chapter Five: Collective Agency, Democracy and Political Institutions -- Chapter Six: Global Justice and Non-Domination -- Conclusion: Freedom, Recognition & Non-Domination -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773264
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 204 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to deepen our understanding of financial crimes as phenomena. It uses concepts of existential philosophies that are relevant to dissecting the phenomenon of financial crimes. With the help of these concepts, the book makes clear what the impact of financial crimes is on the way a human being defines himself or the way he focuses on a given notion of humankind. The book unveils how the growth of financial crimes has contributed to the increase of the anthropological gap, and how the phenomenon of financial crimes now distorts the way we understand humankind. Using the existential philosophies of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Buber, Heidegger, Marcel, Tillich, and Sartre, the book sheds light on how these philosophies can help to better perceive and describe financial crimes. The book provides readers with existential principles that will help them be more efficient when they have to design and implement prevention strategies against corporate crime
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter 1- Existential/Existentiell Philosophy -- 1.1 The Precursors of Existential/Existentiell Philosophy (Kierkegaard, Nietzsche) -- 1.2 Existentiell-Ontical Philosophy (Jaspers, Buber, Marcel) -- 1.3 Existentialism (Sartre) -- 1.4 Existential-Ontological Philosophy (Heidegger) -- Chapter 2- Nietzsche and Informal Value Transfer Systems (IVTS) -- The Will to Truth -- The Nietzschean Will to Power : The Way Beyond Morality -- The Nietzschean Way Beyond Nihilism -- Informal Value Tranfer Systems (IVTS) and Nietzsche’s interpretation of interpretation -- Chapter 3- Kierkegaard and the Aesthetic/Ethical Life-View : The Issue of Money Laundering -- 3.1 Kierkegaard’s Notions of Aesthetic and Ethical Life -- 3.2Moral Reasoning and the Phenomenon of Money Laundering -- Chapter 4- Jaspers and Buber about Communication : The Issue of Bribery -- Jaspers’ View on Truth and Communication -- Buber’s View on Dialogue -- Bribery as Distorted Communication -- Chapter 5- A Heideggerian and Marcellian View on Technology : The Philosophical Challenge of Cybercrime -- Heidegger’s View on the Essence of Technology -- Marcel’s View on Technology -- Cybercrime and the Relevance of Heidegger’s and Marcel’s Philosophy -- Chapter 6- Tillichian Courage to Be, or How to Fight Fraudulent Practices : Tillich and Existentialism -- The Courage to Resist Non-Being -- The Interdependence between the Courage to Be Oneself and the Courage to Be a Part of Conmmunity -- The Courage of Despair and the Courage to Accept God’s Acceptance -- The Courage to Be and Fraudulent Practices -- Chapter 7- Organizational Life as Narrative : A Sartrean View on Prevention Strategies Against Financial Crimes -- Organizational Life as Narrative -- Fighting Financial Crimes and Pursuing the Main Objectives of Communicational Exchanges Within Organizational Life -- The Other as Partner of Communicational Exchange Within Organizational Life -- Conclusion -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400777590
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 433 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. David Makinson on classical methods for non-classical problems
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: The volume analyses and develops David Makinson’s efforts to make classical logic useful outside its most obvious application areas. The book contains chapters that analyse, appraise, or reshape Makinson’s work and chapters that develop themes emerging from his contributions. These are grouped into major areas to which Makinsons has made highly influential contributions and the volume in its entirety is divided into four sections, each devoted to a particular area of logic: belief change, uncertain reasoning, normative systems, and the resources of classical logic. Among the contributions included in the volume, one chapter focuses on the “inferential preferential method”, i.e. the combined use of classical logic and mechanisms of preference and choice and provides examples from Makinson’s work in non-monotonic and defeasible reasoning and belief revision. One chapter offers a short autobiography by Makinson which details his discovery of modern logic, his travels across continents and reveals his intellectual encounters and inspirations. The chapter also contains an unsually explicit statement on his views on the (limited but important) role of logic in philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceContributors -- Introductory -- Chapter 1. Sven Ove Hansson: Preview -- Chapter 2. Sven Ove Hansson and Peter Gärdenfors: David Makinson and the extension of classical logic -- Chapter 3. David Makinson: A tale of five cities -- I. Logic of Belief Change -- Chapter 4. Hans Rott and Sven Ove Hansson: Safe contraction revisited -- Chapter 5. Pavlos Peppas: A panorama of iterated revision -- Chapter 6. Wolfgang Spohn: AGM, ranking theory and the many ways to cope with examples -- Chapter 7. Edwin Mares: Liars, lotteries and prefaces: two paraconsistent theories of belief revision -- Chapter 8. Rohit Parikh: Epistemic reasoning in life and literature -- II. Uncertain Reasoning -- Chapter 9. James Hawthorne: New Horn rules for probabilistic consequence: Is O+ enough? -- Chapter 10. Karl Schlechta: Non-monotonic logic: preferential vs. algebraic semantics -- Chapter 11. Hykel Hosni: Towards a Bayesian theory of second-order uncertainty: lessons from non-standard logics -- III. Normative Systems -- Chapter 12. Audun Stolpe: Abstract interfaces of input/output logic -- Chapter 13. Xavier Parent, Dov Gabbay and Leendert van der Torre: Intuitionistic basis for input/output logic -- Chapter 14. Jörg Hansen: Reasoning about permission and obligation -- Chapter 15. John Horty: Norm change in the common law -- IV. Classical Resources -- Chapter 16. David Makinson: Intelim rules for classical connectives -- Chapter 17. David Makinson: Relevance logic as a conservative extension of classical logic -- V. Responses -- Chapter 18. David Makinson: Reflections on contributions -- Bibliographical -- David Makinson’s publications -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789401786751
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 309 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Fusari, Angelo Methodological misconceptions in the social sciences
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social sciences Research ; Methodology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung ; Forschungsmethode ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Methodologie
    Abstract: This book offers a systematic view of social analysis that will advance the communication of results between different academic disciplines. It overcomes misunderstandings that are due to the use of an unstructured variety of methodological traditions in the analysis of complex socioeconomic and political processes. The book focuses on the special features of human society: humans as subjects, non-repetitiveness and irreversibility of social actions, and the peculiar relations between necessity and possibility in human action. It defines methodological criteria, procedures and rules that enable researchers to select and classify realistic hypotheses to derive general principles and basic organizational features. It then applies these criteria in critical reviews of major theories and interpretations of society and history, offering clarifications and alternative proposals with regard to crucial aspects of anthropological, political, juridical, sociological, and religious thought
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Part I. Theory -- Chapter 1. Preliminary Considerations on the Method of Social Thought -- Chapter 2. The Core of the Methodological Question: Procedure, Rules and Classifications -- Chapter 3. Heterogeneity of Methods in Social Thought: Weakness or Strength - Is there a Synthesis -- Chapter 4. Social Development and Historical Processes -- Chapter 5. On the Dynamics of Societies: Is there a Universal Theory? -- Part II. Some Applications -- Chapter 6. About Anthropology -- Chapter 7. Problems of Political Theory and Action -- Chapter 8. The Foundations of Law: Juridical Objectivism versus Jus Naturalism and Juridical Positivism -- Chapter 9. Some Insight on Sociological Thought: Rationality, Relativism and Social Evolution in Boudon-Weber's Cognitive Method -- Chapter 10. Further Meditations on Ethics: Values in the Light of Religious Thought and its Opponents.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770584
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 291 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 32
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Friend, Michèle Pluralism in mathematics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Pluralismus ; Mathematik
    Abstract: This book is about philosophy, mathematics and logic, giving a philosophical account of Pluralism which is a family of positions in the philosophy of mathematics. There are four parts to this book, beginning with a look at motivations for Pluralism by way of Realism, Maddy’s Naturalism, Shapiro’s Structuralism and Formalism. In the second part of this book the author covers: the philosophical presentation of Pluralism; using a formal theory of logic metaphorically; rigour and proof for the Pluralist; and mathematical fixtures. In the third part the author goes on to focus on the transcendental presentation of Pluralism, and in part four looks at applications of Pluralism, such as a Pluralist approach to proof in mathematics and how Pluralism works in regard to together-inconsistent philosophies of mathematics. The book finishes with suggestions for further Pluralist enquiry. In this work the author takes a deeply radical approach in developing a new position that will either convert readers, or act as a strong warning to treat the word ‘pluralism’ with care.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. Motivating the Pluralist Position from Familiar Positions -- Chapter 1. Introduction. The Journey from Realism to Pluralism -- Chapter 2. Motivating Pluralism. Starting from Maddy’s Naturalism -- Chapter 3. From Structuralism to Pluralism -- Chapter 4. Formalism and Pluralism Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Part II. Initial Presentation of Pluralism.- Chapter 5. Philosophical Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 6. Using a Formal Theory of Logic Metaphorically -- Chapter 7. Rigour in Proof Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Chapter 8. Mathematical Fixtures -- Part III. Transcendental Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 9. The Paradoxes of Tolerance and the Transcendental Paradoxes -- Chapter 10. Pluralism Towards Pluralism -- Part IV. Putting Pluralism to Work. Applications -- Chapter 11. A Pluralist Approach to Proof in Mathematics -- Chapter 12. Pluralism and Together-Inconsistent Philosophies of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Suggestions for Further Pluralist Enquiry -- Conclusion.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402068171
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 211 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. In pursuit of nanoethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnology ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Nanotechnology ; Social aspects
    Abstract: This volume assembles an interdisciplinary team of leading academics, industry figures, policymakers and NGO’s to consider the legal, ethical and social issues that are raised by innovations in nanoscience and nanotechnology. By bringing together international experts from a diverse range of fields this volume addresses the implications and impact that nanotechnology has on society. Through the exploration of six key themes the contributors analyse both the impact of nanotechnology and the emergence of the concept of nanoethics. Each section includes authors from both sides of the political and scientific divide - incorporating both positive and negative perspectives on nanotechnology, as well as including discussions of associated concepts such as converging technologies. The result provides for the widest and most balanced discussion of these issues to date
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 159 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and business ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ästhetik ; Unternehmensethik ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, "Ethics is aesthetics. It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive.
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, “Ethics is aesthetics.” It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive
    Description / Table of Contents: Part One: Aesthetical Dimensions of Ethical Judgments in Business1. Literature, Emotions and Ethical Judgments in Business; Ron Duska -- 2. Literature and the Canonical Values of Capitalism; Christopher Michaelson -- Part Two:  The Aesthetic Firm -- 3. The Impoverished Aesthetic of Modern Management:  Beauty and Ethics in Organization; Steven Saylor -- An Aesthetic Theory of the Firm; John Dobson -- Part Three: Art and Personal Development.-  5. Business Ethics and the Arts:  Character and Process; Dawn Elm -- 6. Wisdom, Management, and Responsibility:  Aesthetics, Moral Imagination, and System Thinking; Sandra Waddock -- Part Four:  Aesthetics and Business Ethics in the Classroom -- 7. Ethics, Morality and Art in the Classroom: Positive and Negative Relations; Daryl Koehn -- 8.  Cheat: Changing the Figure; Rich Brown and Craig Dunn -- 9. The Drama of Business Ethics; Ed Freeman and Lauren Purnell.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400779174
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 187 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Campbell, Catherine Galko Persons, identity, and political theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Rawls, John 1921-2002 A theory of justice
    Abstract: This book examines the conception of the person at work in John Rawls’s writings from Theory of Justice to Justice as Fairness: A Restatement. The book aims to show that objections to Rawls’s political conception of the person fail and that a Rawlsian conception of political identity is defensible. The book shows that the debate between liberals and communitarians is relevant to the current debate regarding perfectionism and neutrality in politics, and clarifies the debate between Rawls and communitarians in a way that will promote fruitful discussion on the issue of political identity. It does this by providing a clearer account of a conception of personal identity according to which persons are socially constituted, including the intuitions and assumptions underlying the communitarians’ conception of persons as “socially constituted.” It examines the communitarian objections to liberal political theory and to the liberal conception of persons, the “unencumbered self.” The book differentiates between two types of objection to the liberal conception of persons: the metaphysical and normative. It explains Rawls's political conception of persons, and the metaphysical and normative commitments Rawls incurs-and does not incur-in virtue of that conception. It shows that both kind of objection to Rawls's political conception of the person fail. Finally, modifying Rawls’s political conception of the person, a Rawlsian conception of political identity is explained and defended.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationAcknowledgments -- Table of Contents -- Chapter 1: Political Identity, Perfectionism and Neutrality -- Chapter 2: Personal Identity and Liberal Political Theory -- Chapter 3: Clarification of the Liberal/Communitarian Debate and Metaphysical Objections to Rawls’s Conception of the Person.- Chapter 4: Taylor’s Conception of Persons and His Theory of Personal Identity.- Chapter 5: Defense of the Original Position.- Chapter 6: Objections to Rawls’s Political Conception of Persons -- Chapter 7: Defense of Rawls’s Political Conception of the Person.- Chapter 8: Rawlsian Political Identity -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9789400775664
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 196 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: United Nations University Series on Regionalism 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Intersecting interregionalism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionalwissenschaft ; Regionalökonomik ; Integration ; Theorie ; EU-Staaten ; Welt ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Anthropology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Anthropology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionalismus ; Theorie ; Europäische Union ; Regionalismus ; Europäische Union ; Regionalismus ; Global Governance ; Internationale Kooperation
    Abstract: Intersecting Interregionalism moves beyond narrow understandings of regions and interregionalism that dominate the research field by focusing on the polymorphous nature of the concepts under study, theoretical advances and the empirical challenges ahead. Written by leading experts in the field, the ultimate aim of the book is to contribute to a more relevant and nuanced comparative research agenda on interregionalism in Europe and elsewhere. The volume is divided into two parts. The first provides an overview of several distinctive theoretical perspectives, with particular emphasis on the dynamic relationship between regions and interregionalism. The second part of the book uncovers the diversity of regional actors and institutions that are engaged in the creation of contemporary interregionalism. The EU is used as an entry point and detailed case studies explore the role of EU member states, the Council, the Commission, the European Parliament and the Court of Justice, in order to map out a patchwork of intersecting interregionalisms around the world
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction; Fancis Baert, Tiziana Scaramagli and Fredrik SöderbaumPart I. Theorising Interregionalism -- Chapter 2. Interregionalism and International Relations: Reanimating an Obsolescent Research Agenda; Jürgen Rüland -- Chapter 3. Interregionalism and the European Union: Conceptualising Group-to-Group Relations; Mathew Doidge -- Chapter 4. Regional Actorship: A Comparative Approach to Interregionalism; Björn Hettne -- Chapter 5. Interregionalism: A Security Studies Perspective; Ruth Hanau Santini, Sonia Lucarelli and Marco Pinfari.- Part II. Regional Actors and Strategies -- Chapter 6. The European Union and the Contradictions of Complex Interregionalism; Alan Hardacre and Michael Smith -- Chapter 7. The Impact of the Iberian States in the European Union-Latin American Interregionalism; Sebastian Santander -- Chapter 8. How Does the European Parliament Contribute to the Construction of EU's Interregional Dialogue; Olivier Costa and Clarissa Dri -- Chapter 9. The Court of Justice of the European Union and Other Regional Courts; Stefaan Smis -- Chapter 10. Conclusion: Understanding Interregionalism in the 21st Century; Francis Baert, Tiziana Scaramagli and Fredrik Söderbaum -- Index. .     .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400778993
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 925 p. 38 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 56
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical
    Abstract: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a "diagnostic system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists.
    Abstract: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a “diagnostic” system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; Content; Conclusion; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Brief Biography; Table of Terms and Sources; Part I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models; Chapter 1: Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Book Summary; 1.3 First Part; 1.4 Second Part; 1.5 Third Part; 1.6 Fourth Part; 1.7 Fifth and Sixth Parts; 1.8 Conclusions on the Book's Contributions; 1.9 The Field of Psychological Injury Defined: Wikipedia Entry by the Author (Modified); 1.10 Psychological Injury and Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.11 Assessment and Malingering1.12 Diagnosis and Treatment; 1.13 Major Psychological Injuries; 1.14 Disability and Return to Work; 1.15 Psychological Testing and Tests; 1.16 Causality; 1.17 Value of the Field and Validity of the Injuries; 1.18 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Conceptual and Definitional Ambiguities; 2.2.1 Introduction; 2.2.2 Different Approaches to the Same Terms; 2.2.3 Comment; 2.3 Recent Literature on Malingering and Related Response Biases
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 Inconsistent Conceptualizations2.3.2 Consistencies; 2.3.3 Comment; 2.4 Research on Prevalence of Malingering and Related Response Biases; 2.4.1 Malingering Minimized; 2.4.2 Malingering Maximized; 2.4.3 Malingering Balanced; 2.5 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The 2011 Rogers (and Colleagues) and Boone Exchange in Psychological Injury and Law; 3.2.1 Rogers; 3.2.2 Boone; 3.2.3 Comment
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Malingering/Feigning Detection Instruments and Related Tests and Scales in Psychiatric/Psychological Injury3.3.1 Evidence for Malingering/Feigning and Related Testing; 3.4 Tests of Malingering/Feigning and Related Biases; 3.4.1 Personality Tests; 3.4.2 Stand-Alone Tests; 3.4.3 Embedded Neuropsychological Indices; 3.5 Malingering in the Forensic Neuropsychological Context; 3.5.1 Introduction; 3.5.2 Explaining SVTs During Consent Seeking; 3.5.3 Defining Malingering and Its Prevalence; 3.5.4 How SVTs Work; 3.5.5 How SVTs are Validated
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.6 Considerations in Test Selection and Administration3.5.7 Discounting Failed and Passed SVTs; 3.5.8 Review of Select Tests; 3.5.9 Comment; 3.6 Toward New Malingering Diagnostic Systems; 3.7 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory; 4.2.1 Description of the MMPI-2-RF; 4.2.2 Validating Research on Using the MMPI-2-RF with Psychological Injury Evaluees; 4.3 MMPI-2-RF: More Details; 4.4 Chapter Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Monograph Part A: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Law, AssessmentSection I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models -- 1. Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law -- 2. Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates -- 3. Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations -- 4. The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases -- 5. New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances -- 6. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD and Related Response Biases: Details in Tabular Format -- Section II: Malingering Detection, Law, Causality -- 7. Deconstructing Favorable and Unfavorable Malingering-Attribution Perspectives -- 8. Other Contrasting Approaches to Malingering Detection -- 9. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Controversies, Diagnosis, and Malingering -- 10. Psychological Injury: Law and Causality -- 11. Leading the Field in Understanding and Testing Malingering and Related Response Styles: The Work of Richard Rogers -- Section III: Psychological Injury, Assessment, Most Recent Literature -- 12. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Evaluator Considerations -- 13. Assessing Psychological and Malingering: PTSD and Evaluee Considerations -- 14. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Disability and Report Writing -- 15. Slick-Sherman’s 2012-2013 Revision of the 1999 Slick et al. MND System -- 16. Symptom Validity Assessment, MTBI, and Malingering in Carone and Bush (2013) -- 17. Most Recent Journal Article Review -- Monograph Part B: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, Therapy -- Section IV: Psychological Injuries, Therapy, Ethics -- 18. MTBI and Pain -- 19. An Instrument to Detect Pain Feigning: The Pain Feigning Detection Test (PFDT) -- 20. Confusions and Confounds in Conversion Disorder -- 21. Therapy in Psychological Injury -- 22. Ethics in Psychological Injury and Law -- 23. A Transdiagnostic Therapeutic Module on Free Will and Change -- 24. A Model of Ethical Thought and Ethical Decision-Making -- Section V: Supplements - Testing, Systems -- 25. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations I -- 26. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations II -- 27. Table 1. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases: User Version and Worksheet -- 28. Table 2. Diagnostic System for Malingered Neurocognitive Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases -- 29. Table 3. Diagnostic System for Malingered Pain Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases -- Section VI: Terms, Education, Study -- 30. Glossary and Discussion of Terms -- 31. Education -- 32. Study Guide Questions, Teaching Objectives, and Learning Outcomes -- 33. PTSD and Malingering: Tests, Diagnostics, Cut-Scores, Cautions -- 34. Book Conclusions  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 160 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Business ethics and risk management
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This volume explores various aspects of risk taking. It offers an analysis of financial, entrepreneurial and social risks, as well as a discussion of the ethical implications of empirical findings. The main issues examined in the book are the financial crisis and its implications for business ethics. The book discusses unethical behaviour as a reputational risk (e.g., in the case of Goldman Sachs) and the question is raised as to what extent the financial crisis has changed the banks’ entrepreneurial strategy. The book presents an analysis of the reasons leading to the crisis and identifies them as ethical dilemma structures. In addition, it looks at general questions regarding ethical behaviour and risk taking, such as: To what extent does the social embeddedness or abstraction play a role in guaranteeing ethical behaviour? What conclusions can be drawn from institutional or evolutionary perspectives on risk management? Finally, the book discusses further issues that become factors of risk within and between societies, such as work insecurity, corruption or the problem of facilitation payments as a risk in international transactions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Risk Management and Risk Taking; Christoph Luetge: Risk Taking and the Ethics of Entrepreneurship2) Risk Management on Financial Markets -- Elena Esposito: The Present Use of the Future: Management and Production of Risk on Financial Markets -- Boudewijn de Bruin: Epistemically Virtuous Risk Management: Financial Due Diligence and Uncovering the Madoff Fraud -- 3) Risk Management in Organizations -- Jacob Dahl Rendtorff: Risk Management, Banality of Evil and Moral Blindness in Organizations and Corporations -- Cristina Besio: Transforming Risks into Moral Issues in Organizations --  Matthias Gronemeyer: Decision-Making as Navigational Art: A Pragmatic Approach to Risk Management -- 4) Philosophical Issues of Risk Management -- Thomas Beschorner: Beyond Risk Management, Toward Ethics - Institutional und Evolutionary Perspectives -- Nikil Mukerji: Consequentialism, Deontology and the Morality of Promising -- 5) Risk Management in Specific Systems -- Julie Jebeile:  The Nuclear Power Plant: Our New “Tower of Babel”? -- Nguyen Hoang Anh: The Global Economic Crisis as a Risk for the International Trade in  Hanoi.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400766006
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 269 p. 156 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Handbook of Philosophical Logic 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of philosophical logic ; 17
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of Philosophical Logic reflects great changes in the landscape of philosophical logic since the first edition. It gives readers an idea of that landscape and its relation to computer science and formal language and artificial intelligence. It shows how the increased demand for philosophical logic from computer science and artificial intelligence and computational linguistics accelerated the development of the subject directly and indirectly. This development in turn, directly pushed research forward, stimulated by the needs of applications. New logic areas becameestablished and old areas were enriched and expanded. At the same time, it socially provided employment for generations of logicians residing in computer science, linguistics and electrical engineering departments which of course helped keep the logic community to thrive. The many contributors to this Handbook are active in these application areas and are among the most famous leading figures of applied philosophical logic of our times
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Preface; Dov M. GabbayHybrid Logic; Torben Braüner -- Nominal Terms and Nominal Logics: From Foundations to Meta-mathematics; Murdoch J. Gabbay -- Introduction to Labelled Deductive Systems; Dov M. Gabbay -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770461
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 335 p. 40 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy of mind ; Logic design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy of mind ; Logic design ; Segerberg, Krister 1936- ; Logik
    Abstract: This volume describes and analyzes in a systematic way the great contributions of the philosopher Krister Segerberg to the study of real and doxastic actions. Following an introduction which functions as a roadmap to Segerberg's works on actions, the first part of the book covers relations between actions, intentions and routines, dynamic logic as a theory of action, agency, and deontic logics built upon the logics of actions. The second section explores belief revision and update, iterated and irrevocable beliefs change, dynamic doxastic logic and hypertheories. Segerberg has worked for more than thirty years to analyze the intricacies of real and doxastic actions using formal tools - mostly modal (dynamic) logic and its semantics. He has had such a significant impact on modal logic that "It is hard to roam for long in modal logic without finding Krister Segerberg's traces," as Johan van Benthem notes in his chapter of this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Robert TrypuzPART I -- 1. "Krister Segerberg’s Philosophy of Action"; Richmond Thomason -- 2. "The concept of a routine in Segerberg’s philosophy of action"; Dag Elgesem -- 3. "On the Reconciliation of Logics of Agency and Logics of Event Types"; Jan Broersen -- 4. "Three traditions in the logic of action: bringing them together"; Andreas Herzig, Tiago de Lima, Emiliano Lorini, and Nicolas Troquard -- 5. "Deontic Logics based on Boolean Algebra"; Pablo Castro and Piotr Kulicki -- 6. "Dynamic Deontic Logic, Segerberg-Style"; John-Jules Meyer -- PART II -- 7. "Contraction, Revision, Expansion - Representing Belief Change Operations"; Sven Ove Hansson -- 8. "Segerberg on the Paradoxes of Introspective Belief Change"; Erik J Olsson and Sebastian Enqvist -- 9. "Equivalent Beliefs in Dynamic Doxastic Logic"; Robert Goldblatt -- 10. "On revocable and irrevocable belief revision"; Hans van Ditmarsch -- 11. "Actions, belief update, and DDL"; Jérôme Lang -- 12. "DDL as an “Internalization” of Dynamic Belief Revision"; Alexandru Baltag, Virginie Fiutek, and Sonja Smets.- 13. "Two logical faces of belief revision"; Johan van Benthem.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9789400772380
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 274 p. 17 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hoffmeyer-Zlotnik, Jürgen H. P., 1946 - Harmonising demographic and socio-economic variables for cross-national comparative survey research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Statistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Statistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Demographie ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Variable ; Harmonisierung ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Demographie ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Kennzahl ; Harmonisierung ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book explains harmonisation techniques that can be used in survey research to align national systems of categories and definitions in such a way that comparison is possible across countries and cultures. It provides an introduction to instruments for collecting internationally comparable data of interest to survey researchers. It shows how seven key demographic and socio-economic variables can be harmonised and employed in European comparative surveys. The seven key variables discussed in detail are: education, occupation, income, activity status, private household, ethnicity, and family. These demographic and socio-economic variables are background variables that no survey can do without. They frequently have the greatest explanatory capacity to analyse social structures, and are a mirror image of the way societies are organised nationally. This becomes readily apparent when one attempts, for example, to compare national education systems. Moreover, a comparison of the national definitions of concepts such as "private household" reveals several different historically and culturally shaped underlying concepts. Indeed, some European countries do not even have a word for "private household". Hence such national definitions and categories cannot simply be translated from one culture to another. They must be harmonised.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Harmonisation of Demographic and Socio-Economic VariablesChapter 2. The Harmonisation Process: Harmonosation is not Translation -- Chapter 3. Existing Measurement Instruments for Data Collection -- Chapter 4. Background Variables for Cross-National Comparative Research: Data Sources -- Chapter 5. Core Social Variables and Their Implentation in Measurement Instruments -- Chapter 6. The Proposed Set of Instruments at a Glance -- Chapter 7. Comparability of Currently Available Survey Data.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9789400775251
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 365 p. 35 illus., 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer network architectures ; Social sciences Data processing ; Civil Law ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Computer network architectures ; Social sciences Data processing ; Civil Law ; Europäische Union ; Rechtsstreit ; Grenzüberschreitender Datenverkehr
    Abstract: This book contributes to an understanding of the dynamic complexities involved in the design of e-justice applications that enable online trans-border judicial proceedings in Europe. It provides answers to critical questions with practical relevance: How should online trans-border judicial proceedings be designed in order to deliver effective and timely justice to European citizens, businesses and public agencies? How can the circulation of judicial agency across Europe be facilitated? Based on extensive research, the book explores and assesses the complex entanglements between law and technology, and between national and European jurisdictions that emerge when developing even relatively simple e-services such as those supporting the European small claims procedure and European payment orders. In addition to providing a strong theoretical framework and an innovative approach to e-justice design, this book includes case studies that are based on a common methodology and theoretical framework. It presents original empirical material on the development of e-government systems in the area of European justice. Finally, it introduces the design strategies of Maximum Feasible Simplicity and Maximum Manageable Complexity and, based on them, it proposes architectural and procedural solutions to enhance the circulation of judicial agency
    Description / Table of Contents: ContentsList of Abbreviations -- Introduction: The Challenge of Interoperability and Complexity in European Civil Proceedings Online;  Francesco Contini and Giovan Francesco Lanzara -- Part I Beyond Interoperability -- Chapter 1 The Circulation of Agency in Judicial Proceedings: Designing for Interoperability and Complexity; Giovan Francesco Lanzara -- Chapter 2 Developing Pan-European e-Government Solutions. From Interoperability to Installed Base Cultivation; Ole Hanseth -- Chapter 3 How the Law can make it Simple: Easing the Circulation of Agency in e-Justice; Francesco Contini and Richard Mohr -- Part II Building e-justice: National and European Experiences -- Chapter 4 Law, Technology and System Architectures:  Critical Design Factors for Money Claim and Possession Claim OnLine in England and Wales; Giampiero Lupo -- Chapter 5 Functional Simplification through Holistic Design: The COVL Case in Slovenia; Gregor Strojin -- Chapter 6 The Piecemeal Development of an e-Justice Platform: The CITIUS Case in Portugal; Paula Fernando, Conceição Gomes and Diana Fernandes -- Chapter 7 Pushing at the Edge of Maximum Manageable Complexity: The case of ‘Trial OnLine’ in Italy; Davide Carnevali e Andrea Resca -- Chapter 8 The Making of Pan-European Infrastructure: From the Schengen Information System to the European Arrest Warrant; Marco Velicogna -- Chapter 9 Searching for Maximum Feasible Simplicity: the Case of e-Curia at the Court of Justice of the European Union; Francesco Contini -- Part III Complexity and the Circulation of Agency in Transborder Civil Proceedings -- Chapter 10 Legal Interoperability in Europe: An Assessment of the European Payment Order and the European Small Claims Procedure; Marco Mellone -- Chapter 11 Testing Transborder Civil Procedures in Practice: Findings from Simulation Experiments with the European Payment Order and the European Small Claims Procedure; Gar Yein Ng -- Chapter 12 Building Semantic Interoperability for European Civil Proceedings Online; Marta Poblet, Josep Suquet, Antoni Roig and Jorge González-Conejero -- Chapter 13 Coming to Terms with Complexity Overload in Transborder e-Justice: The e-CODEX Platform; Marco Velicogna -- Chapter 14 Let Agency Circulate: Architectures and Strategies for Pan-European e-Justice; Francesco Contini -- About the Authors -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9789400738645
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 219 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Public Health Ethics Analysis 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Disaster bioethics: normative issues when nothing is normal
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Katastrophenmedizin ; Ethik
    Abstract: This book provides an early exploration of the new field of disaster bioethics: examining the ethical issues raised by disasters. Healthcare ethics issues are addressed in the first part of this book. Large-scale casualties lead to decisions about who to treat and who to leave behind, cultural challenges, and communication ethics. The second part focuses on disaster research ethics. With the growing awareness of the need for evidence to guide disaster preparedness and response, more research is being conducted in disasters. Any research involving humans raises ethical questions and requires appropriate regulation and oversight. The authors explore how disaster research can take account of survivors? vulnerability, informed consent, the sudden onset of disasters, and other ethical issues. Both parts examine ethical challenges where seeking to do good, harm can be done. Faced with overwhelming needs and scarce resources, no good solution may be apparent. But choosing the less wrong option can have a high price. In addition, what might seem right at home may not be seen to be right elsewhere. This book provides in-depth and practical reflection on these and other challenging ethical questions arising during disasters. Scholars and practitioners who gathered at the Brocher Foundation in Geneva, Switzerland in 2011 offer their reflections to promote further dialogue so that those devastated by disasters are respected by being treated in the most ethically sound ways possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Disaster Bioethics: An IntroductionChapter 2 Macro-triage in Disaster Planning -- Chapter 3 Ethics and Emergency Disaster Response. Normative Approaches and Training Needs for Humanitarian Health Care Providers -- Chapter 4 Triage in Disaster Medicine: Ethical Strategies in Various Scenarios            Chapter 5 When Relief Comes from a Different Culture: Sri Lanka’s Experience of the Asian Tsunami References -- Chapter 6 Ethical Issues in Health Communications: Strategies for the (Inevitable) Next Pandemic -- Chapter 7 Evidence and Healthcare needs during Disasters -- Part II -- Chapter 8 Interests Divided: Risks to Disaster Research Subjects vs. Benefits to Future Disaster Victims -- Chapter 9 Purple Dinosaurs and Victim Consent to Research in Disasters -- Chapter 10 Setting Disaster Research Priorities. - Chapter 11 Studying Vulnerable Populations in the Context of Enhanced Vulnerability -- Chapter 12 Research Ethics Governance in Disaster Situations -- Chapter 13 Ethical Concerns in Disaster Research - A South African Perspective -- References -- Appendix I - Code of Conduct for the International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement and NGOs in Disaster Relief -- Appendix II - WMA Statement on Medical Ethics in the Event of Disasters -- Index .
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789401787154
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 347 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Changing perspectives on the social sciences in Ghana
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Economics ; Archaeology ; Social work ; Demography ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Economics ; Archaeology ; Social work ; Demography ; Developmental psychology ; Ghana ; Sozialwissenschaften
    Abstract: This book is the first compilation of its kind that brings together discussions of the evolution of scholarship in different branches of the Social Sciences. It presents a comprehensive multi-disciplinary text exploring the changing dynamics of the Social Sciences in Ghana, offering a broader perspective from which to view the evolution, theory, methods, substance and relevance of each of the Social Science disciplines and their multiple interfaces. The introduction and the conclusion are devoted to the theoretical, comparative and empirical debate over the Social Sciences from historical and analytical perspectives.Written by acknowledged experts, the 15 chapters span the following disciplines: Archaeology and Heritage Studies; History; Geography; Psychology; Sociology and Anthropology; Social Work; Economics; Political Science; International Affairs; Information Studies; Communication Studies; African Studies; Development Studies; Women’s and Gender Studies; and Adult and Continuing Education. Changing Perspectives on the Social Sciences in Ghana offers sophisticated perspectives for comparing and appreciating the synergies, differences, trends and nuances among and between the Social Science disciplines in Ghana, in a holistic and scholarly manner
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Joseph R.A. Ayee, Samuel Agyei-Mensah and Abena D. OduroChapter 2: Trends in the Development of Archaeology and Heritage Studies in Ghana: James Anquandah -- Chapter 3: Bridging the Ivory Tower: Professional History, Scholarship, and Public Engagement in Ghana: Daniel E.K. Baku, Nana Yaw B. Sapong and Cyrelene Amoah-Boampong -- Chapter 4: Change and Continuity in the Practice and Development of Geography in Ghana: Samuel Agyei-Mensah, Joseph A. Yaro and Joseph Mensah -- Chapter 5: Psychology in Ghana: A Review of Research and Practice: Ama de-Graft Aikins, Angela L. Ofori-Ata, Adote Anum and Vivian A. Dzokoto -- Chapter 6: The Development of Sociology and Anthropology in Ghana and Future Prospects: Akosua Darkwah, Steve Tonah and Max Assimeng -- Chapter 7: Social Work Practice in Ghana Changing Dynamics, Challenges and Opportunities: Michael Baffoe and Mavis Dako-Gyeke -- Chapter 8: The Study and Practice of Economics in Ghana: Louis Boakye-Yiadom, William Baah-Boateng and Abena D. Oduro -- Chapter 9: The Vissisitudes of Political Science in Ghana: Joseph R.A. Ayee and Maame A.A. Gyekye-Jandoh -- Chapter 10: Changing Perspectives in the Didactics of International Affairs in Ghana: Linda Darkwa and Philip Attuquayefio -- Chapter 11: From Library and Archival Studies to Information Studies: Anaba Anankyela Alemna and Harry Akussah -- Chapter 12: Critically 'Trending' Approaches to Communication Theory and Methods of Inquiry in Ghana: Kwasi Ansu -Kyeremeh -- Chapter 13: African Studies: Evolution, Challenges and Prospects: Brigid Sackey -- Chapter 14: Evolution and Development of Development Studies in Ghana: Philip Duku Osei -- Chapter 15: Women's and Gender Studies in Ghana: Abena Animwaa Yeboah, Akosua Adomako Ampofo and Maame Kyerewaa Brobbey -- Chapter 16: Changing Trends in Adult and Continuing Education: The Ghanaian Experience: Yaw Oheneba-Sakyi, Olivia Adwoa Tiwaah Frimpong, Samuel Kofi Badu-Nyarko, Michael Ayittey Tagoe -- Chapter 17: Conclusion: Joseph R.A. Ayee, Samuel Agyei-Mensah and Abena D. Oduro.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788601
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 334 p. 44 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science
    Abstract: This volume is dedicated to Leo Esakia's contributions to the theory of modal and intuitionistic systems. Consisting of 10 chapters, written by leading experts, this volume discusses Esakia’s original contributions and consequent developments that have helped to shape duality theory for modal and intuitionistic logics, and to utilize it to obtain some major results in the area. Beginning with a chapter which explores Esakia duality for S4-algebras, the volume goes on to explore Esakia duality for Heyting algebras and its generalizations to weak Heyting algebras and implicative semilattices. The book also dives into the Blok-Esakia theorem and provides an outline of the intuitionistic modal logic KM which is closely related to the Gödel-Löb provability logic GL. One chapter scrutinizes Esakia’s work interpreting modal diamond as the derivative of a topological space within the setting of point-free topology. The final chapter in the volume is dedicated to the derivational semantics of modal logic and other related issues
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Esakia’s Biography -- Canonical extensions, Esakia spaces, and universal models; Mai Gehrke -- Free modal algebras revisited: the step-by-step method; Nick Bezhanishvili, Silvio Ghilardi, and Mamuka Jibladze -- Easkia duality and its extensions; Sergio A. Celani and Ramon Jansana -- On the Blok-Esakia Theorem; Frank Wolter and Michael Zakharyaschev -- Modal logic and the Vietoris functor; Yde Venema and Jacob Vosmaer -- Logic KM: A Biography; Alexei Muravitsky -- Constructive modalities with provability smack; Tadeusz Litak -- Cantor-Bendixson properties of the assembly of a frame; Harold Simmons -- Topological interpretations of provability logic; Lev Beklemishev and David Gabelaia -- Derivational modal logics with the difference modality; Andrey Kudinov and Valentin Shehtman -- Esakia’s Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789401787369
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 251 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: With the advance of biomedicine, certain individuals and groups are vulnerable because of their incapacities to defend themselves. The International Bioethics Committee as a UNESCO working group has for the last several years dedicated to deepen this principle of human vulnerability and personal integrity. This book serves to supplement this effort with a religious perspective given a great number of the world’s population is affiliated with some religious traditions. While there is diversity within each of these traditions, all of them carry in them the mission to protect the weak, the underprivileged, and the poor. Thus, here presented is a collection of papers written by bioethics experts from six major world religions-Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism-who were gathered to discuss the meaning and implications of the principle of vulnerability in their respective traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Chapter-1; Introduction: The Principle of Vulnerability: Meeting Ground of Six Religions; Bibliography; Part I; General Considerations on the Principle of Vulnerability in Bioethics; Chapter-2; Vulnerability: How did the principle Come About?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 A New Principle; 2.3 The Difficult Process of Revision of the Declaration; 2.4 Immediate Approval of the Principle; 2.5 Towards a Report on the Principle; References; Chapter-3; The Principle of Vulnerability in the UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Emergence of Vulnerability in Authoritative Bioethics Documents; 3.2.1 The Belmont Report; 3.2.2 The CIOMS Guidelines; 3.2.3 The Declaration of Helsinki; 3.2.4 The Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights; 3.3 Controversial Dimensions of Vulnerability; 3.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter-4; Vulnerability: Considerations on the Appropriate Use of the Term in Bioethics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Some Uses of "vulnerability"; 4.3 A Key to Interpretation: Vulnerability and Corporeality; 4.4 Vulnerability and Desire: A False Source of Vulnerability; 4.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart II; Religious Perspectives of Vulnerability from Philosophical, Ethical and Legal Points of View; Chapter-5; Vulnerability, Compassion, and Ethical Responsibility: A Buddhist Perspective on the Phenomenology of Illness and Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Suffering Body as an Interpretative "Text"; 5.3 Compassion: The Irreducibility of Ethical Responsibilities; 5.4 The Phenomenology of Illness and the Healing Process; 5.5 Summary; References; Chapter-6; The Ethical and the Legal Aspects of Vulnerability in the Christian Perspective; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Vulnerability and Otherness6.3 Vulnerability and Agape; References; Chapter-7; Family as First Bulwark for the Vulnerable: Confucian Perspectives on the Anthropology and Ethics of Human Vulnerability; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Confucian Family-centric Vision; 7.3 Family Co-determination as the First Bulwark Protecting Patients; 7.4 Hong Kong as Illustration; 7.4.1 When Patients are Competent; 7.4.2 Two Illustrations; 7.4.3 Disrespect for the Patient's Will; 7.5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter-8; Between Tradition and Modernity: Bioethics, Human Vulnerability and Social Change
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 The Hindu Tradition8.2 Religion; 8.3 Social Divisions in the Hindu Culture; 8.4 Sources of Strength and Protection; 8.4.1 Sources of Vulnerabilities; 8.5 Social and Political Change; 8.5.1 Reform Movements; 8.5.2 The New Rulers; 8.5.3 After Independence; 8.6 Bioethical Challenges for the Twenty-First Century; 8.7 Conclusion; References; 9.1 Introduction; Chapter-9; Human Vulnerability in Islam; 9.2 Vulnerability and Weakness: Our Human Condition; 9.3 Children and Women: Rights and Needsto be Protected; 9.4 Extending Mercy to the Elderly and the Sick; 9.5 Medical Care and Bioethical Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.6 Concluding Remarks
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790116
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 186 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logik ; Rationalität ; Vernunft
    Abstract: This book contains a selection of the papers presented at the Logic, Reasoning and Rationality 2010 conference (LRR10) in Ghent. The conference aimed at stimulating the use of formal frameworks to explicate concrete cases of human reasoning, and conversely, to challenge scholars in formal studies by presenting them with interesting new cases of actual reasoning. According to the members of the Wiener Kreis, there was a strong connection between logic, reasoning, and rationality and that human reasoning is rational in so far as it is based on (classical) logic. Later, this belief came under attack and logic was deemed inadequate to explicate actual cases of human reasoning. Today, there is a growing interest in reconnecting logic, reasoning and rationality. A central motor for this change was the development of non-classical logics and non-classical formal frameworks. The book contains contributions in various non-classical formal frameworks, case studies that enhance our apprehension of concrete reasoning patterns, and studies of the philosophical implications for our understanding of the notions of rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Erik Weber, Joke Meheus & Dietlinde WoutersChapter 1. Adaptive Logics as a Necessary Tool for Relative Rationality. Including a Section on Logical Pluralism; Diderik Batens -- Chapter 2. A New Approach to Epistemic Logic; Giovanna Corsi and Gabriele Tassi -- Chapter 3. Explaining Capacities: Assessing the Explanatory Power of Models in the Cognitive Sciences; Raoul Gervais -- Chapter 4. Data-driven Induction in Scientific Discovery. A Critical Assessment Based on Kepler’s Discoveries; Albrecht Heeffer -- Chapter 5. Dovetailing Belief Base Revision with (Basic) Truth Approximation; Theo A.F. Kuipers -- Chapter 6. A Method of Generating Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski’s Discussive D2 Consequence; Marek Nasieniewski and Andrzej Pietruszczak -- Chapter 7. Frontier Theory of Inquiry: Apparent Conflicts between the Ghent Logical Program and the “Darwinian” Selectionist Program; Thomas Nickles -- Chapter 8. On the Propagation of Consistency in Some Systems of Paraconsistent Logic; Hitoshi Omori and Toshiharu Waragai -- Chapter 9. Degrees of Validity and the Logical Paradoxes; Francesco Orilia -- Chapter 10. Contradictory Concepts; Graham Priest -- Chapter 11. Bloody Analogical Reasoning; Dagmar Provijn -- Chapter 12. Another Look at Mathematical Style, as Inspired by Le Lionnais and the OuLiPo; Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 13. Internalism Does Entail Scepticism; Jan Willem Wieland -- Chapter 14. Answering by Means of Questions in View of Inferential Erotetic Logic; Andrzej Wiśniewski.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401791038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 208 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Responsibility in nanotechnology development
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnologie ; Nanotechnologie
    Abstract: This book disentangles the complex meanings of responsibility in nanotechnology development by focusing on its theoretical and empirical dimensions. The notion of responsibility is extremely diversified in the public discourse of nanoscale technologies. Addressed are major disciplinary perspectives working on nanotechnology, e.g. philosophy, sociology, and political science, as well as the major multidisciplinary areas relevant to the innovation process, e.g. technology assessment and ethics. Furthermore, the interplay between such expertises, disciplines, and research programmes in providing a multidisciplinary understanding of responsibility is emphasized
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction. Nanotechnologies and the quest for responsibility; Simone Arnaldi, Arianna Ferrari, Paolo Magaudda, Francesca MarinPart 1 Scrutinizing responsibility. Theoretical explorations into an entangled concept -- Responsibility and visions in the new and emerging technologies; Arianna Ferrari, Francesca Marin -- Features of intergenerational moral responsibility in the age of the emerging technologies; Silvia Zullo -- The Role of responsible stewardship in nanotechnology and synthetic biology; Ilaria Anna Colussi -- Part 2 Technology assessment  and public engagement -- Technology assessment beyond toxicology - the case of nanomaterials; Torsten Fleischer, Jutta Jahnel, Stefanie B. Seitz -- Ethics Research Committees in reviewing nanotechnology clinical trials protocol; Viviana Daloiso, Antonio G. Spagnolo.-Governance of Nanotechnology: engagement and public participation; Giuseppe Pellegrini -- Part 3 Representations and arrangements of responsibility -- Value chain responsibility in emerging technologies; Colette Bos, Harro van Lente -- On being responsible: Multiplicity in responsible development; Sarah R. Davies, Cecilie Glerup, Maja Horst -- Nanotechnology and configurations of responsibilities in boundary organizations; Paolo Magaudda -- Who is responsible? Nanotechnology and responsibility in the Italian daily press; Simone Arnaldi -- Epilogue: Nanotechnology beyond nanotechnologies Responsible Research and Innovation: an emerging issue in research policy rooted in the debate on nanotechnology; Armin Grunwald -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789401790918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 293 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Children's rights and the capability approach
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Konferenzschrift ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Kind ; Menschenrecht ; Lebenschance ; Gerechtigkeit ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Soziale Situation ; Armut ; Capability Approach
    Abstract: This volume addresses the conditions allowing the transformation of specific children’s rights into capabilities in settings as different as children’s parliaments, organized leisure activities, contexts of vulnerability, children in care. It addresses theoretical questions linked to children’s agency and reflexivity, education, the life cycle perspective, child participation, evolving capabilities, and citizenship. The volume highlights important issues that have to be taken into account for the implementation of human rights and the development of peoples’ capabilities. The focus on children’s capabilities along a rights-based approach is an inspiring perspective that researchers and practitioners in the field of human rights would like to deepen
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword - Asher Ben-AriehIntroduction - Daniel Stoecklin & Jean-Michel Bonvin -- Chapter 1 Transforming Children's Rights into Real Freedom: A Dialogue between Children’s Rights and the Capability Approach from a Life Cycle Perspective - Mario Biggeri & Ravi Karkara -- Chapter 2 Observing Children’s Capabilities as Agency - Claudio Baraldi & Vittorio Iervese -- Chapter 3 From Evolving Capacities to Evolving Capabilities: Contextualising Children’s Rights - Manfred Liebel -- Chapter 4 Reconstructing children’s concepts: Some theoretical ideas and empirical findings on education and the good life - Sabine Andresen & Katharina Gerarts -- Chapter 5 Children’s Councils implementation: a path toward recognition? - Dominique Golay & Dominique Malatesta -- Chapter 6 Cross-fertilizing children’s rights and the capability approach. The example of the right to be heard in organized leisure - Daniel Stoecklin & Jean-Michel Bonvin -- Chapter 7 The theoretical orthodoxy of children’s and youth agency and its contradictions: moving from normative thresholds to a situated assessment of children’s and youth - Stephan Dahmen -- Chapter 8 Children’s rights and the capability approach: Discussing children’s agency against the horizon of the institutionalised youth land - Didier Reynaert & Rudi Roose -- Chapter 9The Participation of Children in Care in the Assessment Process - Pierrine Robin -- Chapter 10 The UN Children’s Rights Convention and the Capabilities Approach - Family duties and children’s rights in tension - Zoë Clark & Holger Ziegler -- Chapter 11 Children’s rights between normative and empirical realms - Karl Hanson, Michele Poretti & Frederic Darbellay -- Chapter 12 Growing up in contexts of vulnerability: the challenges in changing paradigms and practices for children’s and adolescents’ rights in Brazil and Mexico - Irene Rizzini & Danielle Strickland -- Conclusion - Daniel Stoecklin & Jean-Michel Bonvin.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 273 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ethics and the arts
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Künste ; Ethik ; Ästhetik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book proposes that the highest expression of ethics is an aesthetic. It suggests that the quintessential performance of any field of practice is an art that captures an ethic beyond any literal statement of values. This is toadvocate for a shift in emphasis,away from current juridical approaches to ethics (ethicalcodes or regulation), toward ethics as an aesthetic practice-away from ethics as a minimal requirement, toward ethics as an aspiration. The book explores the relationship between art and ethics: a subject that has fascinated philosophers from ancient Greece to the present. It explores this relationship in all the arts: literature, the visual arts, film, the performing arts, and music. It also examines current issues raised by ‘hybrid’ artists who are working at the ambiguous intersections between art, bioart and bioethics and challenging ethical limits in working with living materials. In considering these issues the book investigates the potential for art and ethics to be mutually challenged and changed in this meeting. The book is aimed at artists and students of the arts, who may be interested in approaching ethics and the arts in a new way. It is also aimed at students and teachers of ethics and philosophy, as well as those working in bioethics and the health professions. It will have appeal to the ‘general educated reader’ as being current, of considerable interest, and offering a perspective on ethics that goes beyond a professional context to include questions about how one approaches ethics in one’s own life and practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction : Ethics and the Arts; Reference; Part I: The Arts and Ethics; Chapter 2: Literature and Ethics: Learning to Read with Emma Bovary; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Historical Background; 2.3 The Work; 2.4 Conclusion: The Ethics of Reading; References; Chapter 3: Music and Morality; 3.1 Music, Morality, and Philosophy ; 3.2 The Deep Diversity of Musical Practices; 3.3 Musical Resources and Morality; 3.4 Music, Ethos, and Education; References; Chapter 4: Modern Painting and Morality; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morality in 'Early Modern' Painting
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 The Moral Universe: Gathering of the Ashes4.2.2 Two Bathshebas; 4.3 Modern Painting to 1980; 4.3.1 The Beginnings of Modern Painting; 4.3.2 Rothko; 4.3.3 Andy Warhol; 4.4 Modern Painting from a Moral Perspective; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Photograph Not as Proof but as Limit; 5.1 Roland Barthes's Camera Lucida; 5.2 Josh Azzarella and Trevor Paglen; 5.3 Unknowability, Mystery, and Ethical Viewing; References; Chapter 6: Of Redemption: The Good of Film Experience; 6.1 Encountering Cinema; 6.2 Intersecting Ethics; 6.3 Redeeming Cinema and Ethics; 6.4 Risking Redemption
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 7: Movies and Medical Ethics; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Film as a Starting Point for Studying Medical Ethics; 7.3 Engaging Viewers and Delivering Messages Cinematographically; 7.4 Extracted Sequences Illustrate Memorable Moments of a Film's Narrative; 7.5 The Value of Informed Awareness; 7.6 Aesthetics; A Valuable Addition to the Message; 7.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The House of the Dead-The Ethics and Aesthetics of Documentary; 8.1 The Poem; 8.2 Three Characters-Jaime, Antonio and Almerindo; 8.2.1 Almerindo Act 1: 'The bells'; 8.2.2 Jaime Act 2: 'The deaths'
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.3 Antonio Act 3: 'The forgotten'8.3 Activist Documentary Making; References; Chapter 9: Embracing the Unknown, Ethics and Dance; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Spinoza's Ethics; 9.3 Training and Technique; 9.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 10: Burning Daylight : Contemporary Indigenous Dance, Loss and Cultural Intuition; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Marrugeku; 10.3 Burning Daylight Production Outline; 10.4 Contemporary Dance in a Context of Loss and Forced Removal; 10.4.1 Case Study: Researching Burning Daylight ; 10.5 Negotiating the Contemporary in the Native Title Era; 10.5.1 Case Study: Rubibi
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.5.2 Case Study: Memory of Tradition10.6 The Art of Listening; References; Chapter 11: Toward an Intersubjective Ethics of Acting and Actor Training; 11.1 Considering the Intersubjective Space 'Between' in One Performance; 11.1.1 Phenomenological Perspectives on Intersubjectivity; 11.2 Theatre and Ethics: A Brief Overview; 11.3 The Postmodern Condition and Ethics; 11.3.1 Levinas' Ethics of Ethics ; References; Chapter 12: Politics and Ethics in Applied Theatre: Face-to-­Face and Disturbing the Fabric of the Sensible; 12.1 Facing the Other; 12.2 Political Affects
    Description / Table of Contents: 12.3 Sensitising Through Participatory Theatre
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789401788458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 315 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 49
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research
    Abstract: This book demonstrates how the conceptual resources of contemporary French philosophy from the early 20thCentury to the present day can be applied to give us new perspectives on business ethics and the ethics of organizations. In providing an overview of possible applications,the book covers a wide range of philosophers, philosophical movements and perspectives, and provides detailed analyses of core materials relevant to business ethics. It explores and analyzes French philosophy, taking into account phenomenology,existentialism, French epistemology, structuralism, post-structuralism,deconstruction and postmodernism as well as recent discussions of philosophy of organizations and management. Each chapter contains suggestions for further reading and educational illustrations of possible applications to the mainstream business ethics and ethics of organization literature
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction: Basic concepts of business ethics2. Early contemporary French philosophy and business ethics -- 3. Phenomenology and existentialism -- 4. The epistemological tradition and organizations -- 5. Structuralism and post-structuralism -- 6. Postmodernism and hyper modernism -- 7. Discussion: What can French philosophy do for business ethics?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Abstract: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789400769854
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 253 p. 29 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Global Migration Issues 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. People on the move in a changing climate
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mobilität ; Internationale Migration ; Klimawandel ; Migrationsentscheidung ; Migrationsforschung ; Welt ; Social sciences ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Migration ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Migration ; Klimaänderung ; Migration
    Abstract: Policymakers around the world are increasingly concerned about the likely impact of climate change and environmental degradation on the movement of people. This book takes a hard look at the existing evidence available to policymakers in different regions of the world. How much do we really know about the impact of environmental change on migration? How will different regions of the world be affected in the future?  Is there evidence to show that migration can help countries adapt to environmental change ? What types of research have been conducted, how reliable is the evidence? These are some of the questions considered in this book, which presents, for the first time, a synthesis of relevant research findings for each major region of the world.   Written by regional experts, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the key findings of existing studies on the linkages between environmental change and the movement of people. More and more reports on migration and the environment are being published, but the information is often scattered between countries and within regions, and it is not always clear how much of this information is based on solid research. This book brings this evidence together for the first time, highlighting innovative studies and research gaps.  In doing this, the book seeks to help decision-makers draw lessons from existing studies and to identify priorities for further research
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Regional Perspectives on Migration, the Environment and Climate Change: Frank Laczko, Etienne Piguet2: Migration and Environmental Change in Asia: Graeme Hugo and Douglas K. Bardsley -- 3: Environmental change and Migration between Europe and its Neighbours: Mark Mulligan Sophia Burke and Caitlin Douglas -- 4: Environmental change and human migration in sub-Saharan Africa: James Morrissey -- 5: Climate Change, Extreme Weather Events, and Migration: Review of the Literature for Five Arab Countries: Quentin Wodon, Nicholas Burger, Audra Grant, George Joseph, Andrea Liverani and Olesya Tkacheva -- 6: Migration and Environmental Change in North America (USA and Canada): Susana B. Adamo and Alexander M. de Sherbinin -- 7: Migration and Climate Change in Latin America and the Caribbean: Raoul Kaenzig and Etienne Piguet -- 8: Migration and Climate Change in Oceania; Richard Bedford and John Campbell -- 9: The changing Hindu Kush Himalayas: Environmental change and migration: Soumyadeep Banerjee, Richard Black, Dominic Kniveton, Michael Kollmair -- 10:  Regional Policy Perspectives: Karoline Popp.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789401790239
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 174 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Global Migration Issues 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Migration ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Migration ; Demography ; Internationale Migration ; Süd-Süd-Beziehungen
    Abstract:   This book offers innovative insights on South-South human mobility. It features a collection of papers that highlight often overlooked mobility patterns among and within regions in the global South as well as address critical realities faced by South-South migrants. This publication thoroughly investigates key issues of the migration debate, spanning from the terminological and contextual meaning of migration and development. It also critically examines some of the key features that human mobility in the global South is characterized by, including the prevalence of intra-regional and labor mobility, the role of diasporas communities in developing countries, South-South remittances patterns, the influence of environmental factors on the decision to migrate and the rising number of child migrants. By carefully moving the lens from the frequently examined South-North and North-North movements to human mobility within the Southern regions of the world, this book questions the traditional conception of the migration paradigm. It offers knowledge and insights that will help to expand the debate as well as stimulate further research on this important topic and, hopefully, promote future activities aimed at the protection of migrants and their families living in the South. As a result, it is an ideal resource for migration scholars, policy-makers and development practitioners
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: The South-South Migration and Development Nexus: Susanne Melde, Rudolf Anich, Jonathan Crush, John O. OuchoChapter 2: Inter-and Extraregional Migration in the South: The Case of Africa: Bernard M. Lututala -- Chapter 3: Labor Mobility, Regional Integration and Social Protection in Southern Economies: John O. Oucho -- Chapter 4: Diasporas in the South: Abel Chikanda and Jonathan Crush -- Chapter 5: Impact of Remittances in Developing Countries: Manuel Orozco and Caryn G. Ellies -- Chapter 6: Environmental Change and (Im)Mobility in the South: Eberhard Weber -- Chapter 7: The Migration of Children in ACP Countries: Of Their Own Free Will or by Force? Olivia Tiffoche.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    ISBN: 9789400768338 , 9400768338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 252 Seiten)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2014
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 11
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Emerging Pervasive Information and Communication Technologies (PICT)
    DDC: 3,034,834
    Keywords: Computers and civilization ; Ethics ; International law ; Information technology Law and legislation ; Mass media Law and legislation ; Computers and Society ; Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics ; Public International Law ; IT Law, Media Law, Intellectual Property
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789400768338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 10 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mass media Law and legislation ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Ethics ; Mass media Law and legislation ; Ethics ; Computer science
    Abstract: Contributors -- List of Abbreviations -- Acknowledgments; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 1. Introduction; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 2. Three Case Studies; Donald R. Searing and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- 3. Health information in the background; Lisa M. Lee -- 4. Surveillance in the Big Data Era; Mark Andrejevic -- 5. We know where you are. And we're more and more sure what that means; Francis Harvey -- 6. Preserving life, destroying privacy; Cynthia M. Jones -- 7. When cutting edge technology meets clinical practice; Katherine D. Seelman, Linda M. Hartman, and Daihua Yu -- 8 Ethics and pervasive augmented reality; Bo Brinkman -- 9. This is an intervention; Katie Shilton -- 10. Applying “Moral Responsibility for Computing Artifacts” to PICT; Keith W. Miller -- 11. Principles for the ethical guidance of PICT; Kenneth D. Pimple -- Glossary -- Index
    Abstract: This book provides a wide and deep perspective on the ethical issues raised by pervasive information and communication technology (PICT) - small, powerful, and often inexpensive Internet-connected computing devices and systems. It describes complex and unfamiliar technologies and their implications, including the transformative potential of augmented reality, the power of location-linked information, and the uses of “big data,” and explains potential threats, including privacy invaded, security violated, and independence compromised, often through widespread and lucrative manipulation. PICT is changing how we live, providing entertainment, useful tools, and life-saving systems. But the very smartphones that connect us to each other and to unlimited knowledge also provide a stream of data to systems that can be used for targeted advertising or police surveillance. Paradoxically, PICT expands our personal horizons while weaving a web that may ensnare whole communities. Chapters describe particular cases of PICT gone wrong, but also highlight its general utility. Every chapter includes ethical analysis and guidance, both specific and general. Topics are as focused as the Stuxnet worm and as broad as the innumerable ways new technologies are transforming medical care. Written for a broad audience and suitable for classes in emerging technologies, the book is an example of anticipatory ethics - “ethical analysis aimed at influencing the development of new technologies” (Deborah Johnson 2010). The growth of PICT is outpacing the development of regulations and laws to protect individuals, organizations, and nations from unintended harm and malicious havoc. This book alerts users to some of the hazards of PICT; encourages designers, developers, and merchants of PICT to take seriously their ethical responsibilities - if only to “do no harm” - before their products go public; and introduces citizens and policy makers to challenges and opportunities that must not be ignored
    Description / Table of Contents: ContributorsList of Abbreviations -- Acknowledgments; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 1. Introduction; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 2. Three Case Studies; Donald R. Searing and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- 3. Health information in the background; Lisa M. Lee -- 4. Surveillance in the Big Data Era; Mark Andrejevic -- 5. We know where you are. And we're more and more sure what that means; Francis Harvey -- 6. Preserving life, destroying privacy; Cynthia M. Jones -- 7. When cutting edge technology meets clinical practice; Katherine D. Seelman, Linda M. Hartman, and Daihua Yu -- 8 Ethics and pervasive augmented reality; Bo Brinkman -- 9. This is an intervention; Katie Shilton -- 10. Applying “Moral Responsibility for Computing Artifacts” to PICT; Keith W. Miller -- 11. Principles for the ethical guidance of PICT; Kenneth D. Pimple -- Glossary -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787628
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LXII, 443 p. 2 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 4
    Parallel Title: Print version The Concept of Argument
    DDC: 160
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Pragmatism ; Argument ; Begriff ; Argumentationstheorie ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Arguing that our attachment to Aristotelian modes of discourse makes a revision of their conceptual foundations long overdue, the author proposes the consideration of unacknowledged factors that play a central role in argument itself. These are in particular the subjective imprint and the dynamics of argumentation. Their inclusion in a four-dimensional framework (subjective-objective, structural-procedural) and the focus on thesis validity allow for a more realistic view of our discourse practice. Exhaustive analyses of fascinating historical and contemporary arguments are provided. These range from Columbus' advocacy of the Western Passage to India, over the trial of King Louis XVI during the French Revolution, to today’s highly charged controversies surrounding euthanasia and embryo research. Excavating foundational issues such as the purpose of argument itself (assent of an audience or critical examination of validity claims) and the contested role of argument as a generator of knowledge, the book culminates in a discussion of the relationship between rationality and reasonableness and criticizes the restrictions of ‘rational’ argument relying on fixed logical, economic or cultural criteria that in reality are mutable. Here, a true, open argument requires the infusion of Paul Lorenzen’s principle of ‘transsubjectivity’, which recognizes but transcends the partiality of the individual, and which can be seen in the pragmatic and expanding consensus that humanity can control itself to safeguard the future of a fragile, damaged world
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Chapter 1. Knowledge -- Chapter 2. Research -- Chapter 3. Subjectivity -- Chapter 4. Basic Operations -- Chapter 5. Frame Structures -- Chapter 6. Dialogue Events -- Chapter 7. Validity -- Chapter 8. Argument Analysis -- Chapter 9. Reflexivity -- Chapter 10. Transsubjectivity.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401786256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 258 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. African indigenous ethics in global bioethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Afrika ; Bioethik
    Abstract: This book educates whilst also challenging the contemporary schools of thought within philosophical and religious ethics. In addition, it underlines the fact that the substance of ethics in general and bioethics/healthcare ethics specifically, is much more expansive and inclusive than is usually thought. Bioethics is a relatively new academic discipline. However, ethics has existed informally since before the time of Hippocrates. The indigenous culture of African peoples has an ethical worldview which predates the western discourse. This indigenous ethical worldview has been orally transmitted over centuries. The earliest known written African text containing some concepts and content of ethics is the “Declaration of Innocence” written in 1500 B.C., found in an Egyptian text. Ubuntu is an example of African culture that presents an ethical worldview. This work interprets the culture of Ubuntu to explain the contribution of a representative indigenous African ethics to global bioethics. Many modern scholars have written about the meaning of Ubuntu for African societies over centuries. Some scholars have viewed Ubuntu as the greatest contribution of African cultures to other world cultures. None of the scholars, however has explored the culture of Ubuntu as providing a representative indigenous ethics that can contribute to global bioethics as discussed in this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter-1 ; Introduction: The Culture of Ubuntu; 1.1 Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1 Inevitable Birth of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.1 Limited Scope of Medical Ethics and the Increasing Need for Global Bioethics; 1.1.1.2 Political Bases for the Genesis of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.3 Demographical Conditions that Necessitated Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.2 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas Appropriate Response to the Needs of the Times; 1.1.2.1 Globalization ; 1.1.2.2 Infectious Diseases ; 1.1.2.3 International Trade
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.3 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas an Unconscious Recognition of Ubuntu1.1.3.1 Humans should not be Used as Mere Means to Whatever End ; 1.1.3.2 Increasingly Obvious Need for International Bioethical Policymaking Board; 1.1.3.3 The Increasing Need to Recognize Human Basic Equality Globally ; 1.2 Exploration of Ubuntu ; 1.2.1 Meaning of Ubuntu ; 1.2.2 Ubuntu is Anthropocentric, Theocentric and Cosmocentric ; 1.2.2.1 Interdependence ; 1.2.2.2 Need for Otherness ; 1.2.2.3 Ubuntu and Unity ; 1.2.3 Ubuntu Ethics of Immortality ; 1.2.3.1 Personal Immortality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.2 The Importance of Marriage and Procreation 1.2.3.3 Ubuntu Theory of Moral Development ; 1.3 Relevance of Ubuntu Worldview ; 1.3.1 Ubuntu Existential-Relational Epistemology ; 1.3.2 Ubuntu Relational and Holistic Perspective on Human Disease ; 1.3.3 Ubuntu Communitarian Healthcare Ethics ; 1.4 Conclusion ; Chapter-2; Ubuntu Ethics; 2.1 Tension Between Individual and Universal Rights; 2.1.1 Inalienable Rights; 2.1.1.1 Personal Rights within Communitarian Context; 2.1.1.2 Individual's Personal Rights are Defined by Others' Personal Rights; 2.1.2 Human Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.2.1 Anthropological and Epistemological Perspective2.1.2.2 Otherness; 2.1.2.3 Communitarianism; 2.1.3 Reciprocity of Care; 2.1.3.1 Reciprocity as the Bond Between the Community and an Individual; 2.1.3.2 Ujamaa as Praxis of Ubuntu Reciprocity; 2.1.3.3 Importance of Marriage and Procreation; 2.2 Cosmic and Global Context; 2.2.1 Justice; 2.2.1.1 Ubuntu Justice is Reparative Rather than Retributive; 2.2.1.2 Ubuntu Justice is Distributive; 2.2.1.3 Ubuntu Justice is Communitarian; 2.2.2 Diversity; 2.2.2.1 Anthropocentrism and Respect for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.2 Otherness as Source, Objective and Rationale of Morality2.2.2.3 Tension Between Diversity, Communitarianism and Human Freedom; 2.2.3 Biosphere; 2.2.3.1 The Self and the Cosmos in Relationship; 2.2.3.2 Role of and Respect for Other Forms of Life; 2.2.3.3 Sacredness of the Biosphere; 2.3 The Role of Solidarity; 2.3.1 Common Good; 2.3.1.1 Common Ownership of the Major Means of Production; 2.3.1.2 Distribution of Wealth on the Basis of Need; 2.3.1.3 Moral Obligation to Participate in the Process of Production; 2.3.2 Social Cohesion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.1 Moral Responsibility to Participate in Community Building
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772076
    Language: English
    Pages: XXVI, 588 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 2
    Series Statement: Child maltreatment
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Korbin, Jill E. Handbook of Child Maltreatment
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Developmental psychology ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Häusliche Gewalt ; Kind ; Misshandlung ; Kindesvernachlässigung ; Sexueller Missbrauch ; Psychische Störung ; Gewalt ; Kindesmisshandlung
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9789401794008
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 178 S. , graph. Darst.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Philipov, Dimiter Reproductive Decision-Making in a Macro-Micro Perspective
    DDC: 304.666
    Keywords: Family planning Decision making ; Social Sciences ; Demography ; Family ; Personality and Social Psychology ; Electronic books ; Europa ; Familienplanung ; Verhaltensökonomie ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789400769847
    Language: English
    Pages: vii, 253 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Global migration issues volume 2
    Series Statement: Global migration issues
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mobilität ; Internationale Migration ; Klimawandel ; Migrationsentscheidung ; Migrationsforschung ; Welt ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Sammelwerk ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Enthält 10 Beiträge , Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    ISBN: 1461936535 , 9781461936534
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1 online resource)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in conflict settings
    DDC: 303.6072
    Keywords: Social conflict Research ; War and society Research ; Violence Research ; POLITICAL SCIENCE ; Political Freedom & Security ; Human Rights ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Violence in Society ; Social conflict ; Research ; Violence ; Research ; War and society ; Research ; Sociology & Social History ; Social Sciences ; Social Change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Compiles a variety of lessons learned by field researchers, many of whom have faced demanding situations characterized by violence, profound and well-grounded distrust, and social fragmentation"--
    Abstract: Coordination: Research, Assessment, and ResponseIdentity Challenges; Bibliography; 4 Researching Social Life in Protracted Exile; Introduction; Sudan and Its Neighbors: Conflict and Forced Migration; From Ikafe to Kiryandongo; Which Research Questions and Why?; Methods Used and Why; Challenges to the Research; Ethical Questions and Practical Matters; Security Risks and Challenges; Conclusions: What Did I Learn and Was I Able to Communicate It?; Bibliography; Part III Safe Spaces; 5 "I Love My Soldier"; Introduction; The Research Context: Militarization and Silencing in Sri Lanka.
    Abstract: Cover; Research Methods in Conflict Settings; Title; Copyright; Contents; Contributors; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Introduction; Witnesses to War; Responsibility and Representing Oneself and Others in Violent Environments; Research Methods in Conflict Settings; Accessing and Creating Safe Spaces; Overview of the Book; Part I: Representation; Part II: Do No Harm; Part III: Safe Spaces; Part IV: Trust; Part V: Responsibility; Part VI: Practicalities; Bibliography; Part I Representation; 1 The Other Side of the Country: Filming the Human Experience of War; Introduction; Without Blood.
    Abstract: Field and Responsible FieldworkUnderstanding Silences; Making Safe Spaces; Sharing Responsibilities, Developing Institutional Collaboration; Bearing Witness, Disseminating Conflict, Respecting Silence; Reflections on Responsible Research in a Militarized Society; Bibliography; 6 Power Dynamics and the Politics of Fieldwork under Sudan's Prolonged Conflicts; Arrival at the Research Site; War, Power Relations, and Fieldwork; Identity and Access; Ethical Issues: Participant Benefits; Gender, Age, and What Questions to Ask; Seamless Techniques to Involve Women.
    Abstract: Fixed TemporalityEthical, practical, and methodological challenges; Ethics, Benefits, and Identity; Body Politics and the Continuum of Violence; Agency and Networks of Support; Conclusion; Bibliography; Part II Do No Harm; 3 Reflections on Ethical and Practical Challenges of Conducting Research with Children in War Zones: Toward a Grounded Approac; Origins and Evolution; The Origins of My Interest; Youth Narratives -- Agency and Resilience; Toward a Grounded Approach; Key Ethical and Practical Challenges; Raised Expectations; Excessive Targeting; Negotiating Culture.
    Abstract: Origins of the ConflictThe Starting Point: One Girl's Story; Gray Zones; Scouting without a Camera; The Camp Settings; Part 2; Shooting in Secret; Technical Constraints; Choosing the Characters; Angelina; Jackson; Anguleta; Dennis; Caroline; The Pitfalls of "Humanitarian Cinema"; Protecting the Characters; Protecting Young People during the Filmmaking; Political Understandings without Talking Politics; Government Denial; Going Home; Conclusion; Bibliography; 2 Negotiating Identity, Space, and Place among Iraqi Women Refugees in Jordan; Introduction; A Note on Context and Terminology.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , English
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400746855
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 222 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Religion and place
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Religion (General) ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Religion ; Ort ; Politik
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400744387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 375 p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 26
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tanaka, Kōji, 1965 - Paraconsistency
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Parakonsistente Logik
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more "big picture" ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more 'big picture' ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Part 2. Applications ; An Approach to Human-Level Commonsense Reasoning , Paraconsistency: Introduction , Distribution in the Logic of Meaning Containment and in Quantum Mechanics , Wittgenstein on Incompleteness Makes Paraconsistent Sense , Pluralism and "Bad" Mathematical Theories: Challenging our Prejudices , Arithmetic Starred , Notes on Inconsistent Set Theory , Sorting out the Sorites , Are the Sorites and Liar Paradox of a Kind? , Vague Inclosures , Part 1. Logic ; Making Sense of Paraconsistent Logic: The Nature of Logic, Classical Logic and Paraconsistent Logic , On Discourses Addressed by Infidel Logicians , Information, Negation, and Paraconsistency , Noisy vs. Merely Equivocal Logics , Assertion, Denial and Non-classical Theories , New Arguments for Adaptive Logics as Unifying Frame for the Defeasible Handling of Inconsistency , Consequence as Preservation: Some Refinements , On Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski's D2-Consequence , FDE: A Logic of Clutters , A Paraconsistent and Substructural Conditional Logic
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Abstract: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048189038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 300 p. 92 illus, digital)
    Edition: 3rd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pol, Louis G. The demography of health and healthcare
    Keywords: Demographie ; Gesundheitswesen ; USA ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 197 p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 53
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Douard, John Monstrous crimes and the failure of forensic psychiatry
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law Psychological aspects ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie ; Verbrechen ; Gewaltkriminalität ; Abnorme Persönlichkeit ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie
    Abstract: The metaphor of the monster or predator-usually a sexual predator, drug dealer in areas frequented by children, or psychopathic murderer-is a powerful framing device in public discourse about how the criminal justice system should respond to serious violent crimes. The cultural history of the monster reveals significant features of the metaphor that raise questions about the extent to which justice can be achieved in both the punishment of what are regarded as "monstrous crimes" and the treatment of those who commit such crimes.This volume is the first to address the connections between the history of the monster metaphor, the 19th century idea of the criminal as monster, and the 20th century conception of the psychopath: the new monster. The book addresses, in particular, the ways in which the metaphor is used to scapegoat certain categories of crimes and criminals for anxieties about our own potential for deviant, and, indeed, dangerous interests. These interests have long been found to be associated with the fascination people have for monsters in most cultures, including the West.The book concludes with an analysis of the role of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists in representing criminal defendants as psychopaths, or persons with certain personality disorders. As psychiatry and psychology have transformed bad behavior into mad behavior, these institutions have taken on the legal role of helping to sort out the most dangerous among us for preventive "treatment" rather than carceral "punishment."
    Description / Table of Contents: Monstrous Crimes and the Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; Acknowledgments; John Douard; Pamela D. Schultz; Contents; Chapter 1: Monstrous Crimes, Framing, and the Preventive State: The Moral Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Frames, Metaphor, and Cognition; 1.3 Monsters and Monstrous Crimes; 1.4 Psychopathy: The Monstrous Brain; References; Chapter 2: Sexual Predator Laws: A Gothic Narrative; 2.1 Law, Morality, and Emotion in American Law; 2.2 The Monster Among Us: The Social Context of Revulsion; 2.3 Sexually Violent Predator Acts; 2.4 Megan's Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Stories of Abjection: The "yuck" Factor2.5 Becoming a Public Problem; References; Chapter 3: Metaphor, Framing, and Reasoning; 3.1 Metaphor as Productive Cognitive Tool; 3.2 Metaphorical Images: Emblematic Compression; 3.3 Framing and Meaning; 3.4 Thinking with Metaphors: Pretend Play and the False Belief Task; 3.5 Dead Metaphors are Powerful Metaphors; References; Chapter 4: Monsters, Norms and Making Up People; 4.1 Monster as Physical Abnormality; 4.2 Monster as Social Symbol; 4.3 "Making Up People" - The Monster Within; 4.4 Scapegoats and the Social Utility of Outsiders
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The Monster as Sexual DeviantReferences; Chapter 5: The Sex Offender: A New Folk Devil; 5.1 Moral Panic; 5.2 Witchcraft and "Satanic Panic"; 5.3 The Child Sexual Murderer; References; Chapter 6: The Child Sex Abuser; 6.1 Child Abuse as a Public Problem; 6.2 The Sex Offender Kind; 6.3 The Ambiguity of "Normal"; References; Chapter 7: The Mask of Objectivity: Digital Imaging and Psychopathy; 7.1 The Moral Monster Within; 7.2 DSM-IV-TR: A Floating Taxonomy; 7.2.1 SVPA Psychiatric Reports: The Forensic Context of the DSM-IV-TR; 7.3 Psychopathy: The Mask of Sanity
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 fMRI: Localizing the Monster7.5 The Monstrous Crime and the Monstrous Brain; 7.5.1 Maps, Atlases, and Distinguishing the Normal from the Abnormal; 7.6 Abnormal Brains; 7.6.1 Expert Testimony: The Mask of Objectivity; 7.6.2 Sex Offenders as Psychopaths; References; Chapter 8: Forensic Psychiatric Testimony: Ethical Issues; 8.1 A Prima Facie Moral Dilemma; 8.2 Ethics Subverted: The Shifting Terrain of Forensic Psychiatry; 8.3 Do Forensic Psychiatrists Possess a Body of Well-Grounded Knowledge?; 8.4 Are Forensic Psychiatrists Biased?
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 Why Even the Best Forensic Psychiatrists Are at Moral Risk8.6 The Basis for Moral Evaluation: Principles, Narratives, Social Context; 8.7 Stories and Narratives; 8.8 Monsters, Strangers, and Social Order: Forensic Psychiatrists as Moral Police; 8.9 The Monstrous Brain: Science or Science Fiction?; 8.10 What Is to Be Done?; 8.11 Moral Conversation: An Exercise in "Hot-Tubbing"; References; Chapter 9: Public Health Approach to Sexual Abuse; 9.1 Public Health and Sexual Violence Prevention; 9.2 Public Health Law: Brief Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Biological and Personal Narratives: The Individual Level
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751378
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 161 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic
    Abstract: This compelling reevaluation of the relationship between logic and knowledge affirms the key role that the notion of judgement must play in such a review. The commentary repatriates the concept of judgement in the discussion, banished in recent times by the logical positivism of Wittgenstein, Hilbert and Schlick, and the Platonism of Bolzano. The volume commences with the insights of Swedish philosopher Per Martin-Löf, the father of constructive type theory, for whom logic is a demonstrative science in which judgement is a settled feature of the landscape. His paper opens the first of four sections that examine, in turn, historical philosophical assessments of judgement and reason; their place in early modern philosophy; the notion of judgement and logical theory in Wolff, Kant and Neo-Kantians like Windelband; their development in the Husserlian phenomenological paradigm; and the work of Bolzano, Russell and Frege. The papers, whose authors include Per Martin-Löf, Göran Sundholm, Michael Della Rocca and Robin Rollinger, represent a finely judged editorial selection highlighting work on philosophers exercised by the question of whether or not an epistemic notion of judgement has a role to play in logic. The volume will be of profound interest to students and academicians for its application of historical developments in philosophy to the solution of vexatious contemporary issues in the foundation of logic. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Judgement and the Epistemic Foundation of Logic; Preface; Contents; Introduction; Bibliography; Part I: Constructivism, Judgement and Reason; Chapter 1: Verificationism Then and Now; Chapter 2: Demonstrations Versus Proofs, Being an Afterword to Constructions, Proofs, and the Meaning of the Logical Constants; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Containment and Variation; Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf; Bibliography; Part II: Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century; Chapter 4: Descartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science*
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descartes' Debate with Scholastic Logic over the Foundations of Science2 The Rules for the Forming of True Judgements; 3 The Many Uses of the Concept of Judgement in Descartes' Mathesis; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza; 1 Descartes and the Great Intelligibility Trade-Off; 2 Strengthening Intelligibility; 3 Weakening Intelligibility; Bibliography; I. Works by Descartes; II. Works by Spinoza; III. Works by Leibniz; IV. Works by Hume; V. Other Works; Part III: Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgements in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation1 Wolff's Analysis of Judgements; 2 Meier's Notion of Condition; 3 The Strategy of Kant's Dissertation; 4 Three Classes of Subreption; Bibliography; Chapter 7: Windelband on Beurteilung; 1 Windelband's Definition of Judgement; 2 Windelband's Three-Step Argument; 3 Judgeable Content; 4 Assessing Under Assumption of Epistemic Values; 5 The Nature of Epistemic Assessment; Bibliography; I. Primary; II. Secondary; Chapter 8: A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano, Conceptual Truths, and Judgements
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Apriori in Bolzano1.1 Concepts and Conceptual Truths; 1.2 Conceptual Truths and Judgements A Priori; 1.2.1 Conceptual Truths and Analytic Truths; 1.2.2 Empirical Analytic Truths; 1.2.3 Synthetic Conceptual Truths; 1.3 How Are Synthetic Judgements A Priori Possible?; 2 Understanding (C1): Bolzano's Epistemology; 2.1 Judgements and Subjective Representations; 2.2 Bolzano's Analysis of the Concept of Knowledge; 2.2.1 Confidence; 2.2.2 How Much Confidence?; 3 Understanding (C2): Knowing a Concept; 3.1 The Correspondence Assumption; 3.2 Having a Representation, Clarity, and Distinctness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Definitions, Proofs, and Synthetic Truths4.1 Knowledge and Proof; 4.2 Two Remaining Problems; 4.3 The Case of Fundamental Truths; 5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part IV: Husserl, Frege and Russell; Chapter 9: Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Reflections on Manuscripts from 1893/1894 and Their Background in the Logic of Brentano and Stumpf; 1 Introduction; 2 Brentano and Stumpf on Contents of Judgement; 2.1 Brentano; 2.2 Stumpf; 2.3 Excursus: Other Students of Brentano; 3 Husserl's Theory of Judgement (1893/1894)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Psychological Studies in Elementary Logic
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Part 1. Constructivism, Judgement, and Reason -- Chapter 1. Verificationism then and now: Per Martin-Löf -- Chapter 2. Demonstrations versus Proofs, being an afterword to 'Constructions, Proofs and the meaning of Logical Constants': Göran Sundholm -- Chapter 3. Containment and Variation: Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf: Göran Sundholm -- Part 2. Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century -- Chapter 4. Decartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science: Elodie Cassan -- Chapter 5. Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza: Michael Della Rocca -- Part 3. Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano -- Chapter 6. The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgments in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation: Johan Blok -- Chapter 7. Windelband on 'Beurteilung’: Arnaud Dewalque -- Chapter 8. A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano; Conceptual Truths and Judgements: Stefan Roski -- Part 4. Husserl, Frege and Russell -- Chapter 9. Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Robin Rollinger -- Chapter 10. Frege and Russell on Assertion: Jeremy Kelly.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754768 , 1283910845 , 9781283910842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 249 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 106
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that resilience thinking can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that “resilience thinking” can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 2: “Resilience Thinking” for Planning: Ayda Eraydin -- Chapter 3: Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context: Tuna Taşan-Kok, Dominic Stead and Peiwen Lu -- Chapter 4: Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics: Sara Santos Cruz,  João Pedro Costa, Silvia Ávila de Sousa and Paulo Pinho -- Chaper 5: Analysing the Socio-spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam: Tuna Taşan-Kok and Dominic Stead -- Chapter 6: Systems, Cultures, Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands: Sofia Morgado and Luís Dias -- Chapter 7: Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks: Peter Schmitt -- Chapter 8: Evaluating Resilience in Planning: Paulo Pinho, Vítor Oliveira and Ana Martins -- Chapter 9: Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: the Case of Alcântara: Luís Dias, Sofia Morgado and João Pedro Costa -- Chapter 10: Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilient Perspective: The Case of Oporto: Vítor Oliveira, Ana Martins and Sara Santos Cruz -- Chapter 11: The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul: Ayda Eraydin, Ali Türel and Deniz Altay Kaya -- Chapter 12: Urban Resilience and Polycentricity - the Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration: Peter Schmitt, Lisbeth Greve Harbo, Asli Tepecik Diş and Anu Henriksson -- Chapter 13: Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam: Dominic  Stead and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 14: The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Index..
    Note: Includes index , Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning , "Resilience Thinking" for Planning , Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context , Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics , Analysing the Socio-Spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam , Systems, Cultures and Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands , Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks , Evaluating Resilience in Planning , Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: The Case of Alcântara , Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilience Perspective: The Case of Oporto , The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul , Urban Resilience and Polycentricity: The Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration , Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam , The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748309 , 1283634163 , 9781283634168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 316 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 103
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Austin, John 1790-1859 ; Rechtsethik
    Abstract: This is the first ever collected volume on John Austin, whose role in the founding of analytical jurisprudence is unquestionable. After 150 years, time has come to assess his legacy. The book fills a void in existing literature, by letting top scholars with diverse outlooks flesh out and discuss Austin's legacy today. A nuanced, vibrant, and richly diverse picture of both his legal and ethical theories emerges, making a case for a renewal of interest in his work. The book applies multiple perspectives, reflecting Austin's various interests - stretching from moral theory to theory of law and state, from roman law to constitutional law - and it offers a comparative outlook on Austin and his legacy on the backdrop of the contemporary debate and major movements within legal theory. It sheds new light on some central issues of practical reasoning: the relation between law and morals, the nature of legal systems, the function of effectiveness, the value-free character of legal theory, the connection between normative and factual inquiries in the law, the role of power, the character of obedience and the notion of duty?
    Abstract: This is the first ever collected volume on John Austin, whose role in the founding of analytical jurisprudence is unquestionable. After 150 years, time has come to assess his legacy. The book fills a void in existing literature, by letting top scholars with diverse outlooks flesh out and discuss Austins legacy today. A nuanced, vibrant, and richly diverse picture of both his legal and ethical theories emerges, making a case for a renewal of interest in his work. The book applies multiple perspectives, reflecting Austins various interests stretching from moral theory to theory of law and state, from Roman Law to Constitutional Law and it offers a comparative outlook on Austin and his legacy in the light of the contemporary debate and major movements within legal theory. It sheds new light on some central issues of practical reasoning: the relation between law and morals, the nature of legal systems, the function of effectiveness, the value-free character of legal theory, the connection between normative and factual inquiries in the law, the role of power, the character of obedience and the notion of duty.?
    Description / Table of Contents: The Legacy of John Austin's Jurisprudence; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: John Austin and Constructing Theories of Law*; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Deviations and Mistakes; 1.3 Hart and Errors; 1.4 Trade-Offs; 1.5 Not (Quite) Trade-Offs; 1.6 Is Law Distinctive?; 1.7 A Different View of Austin; 1.8 Conclusion; Chapter 2: Austin's Methodology? His Bequest to Jurisprudence; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Controversy; 2.3 Theoretical Contestability and Theoretical Disagreement; 2.4 Austin's Ambitious Insight and Methodology; 2.5 The Detection of Doubt; 2.6 Reassessing Austin's Legacy
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: "Darkening the Fair Face of Roman Law": Austin and Roman Law3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Austin's Knowledge of Roman Law; 3.3 Austin's Use of Roman Law; 3.4 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Austin, Kelsen, and the Model of Sovereignty: Notes on the History of Modern Legal Positivism*; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Austin, Kelsen, and the Aims of Legal Theory; 4.3 Kelsen's Rejection of the Command Theory; 4.4 Austin and Kelsen on Legal Duties and the Structure of Legal Norms; 4.5 Austin, Kelsen, and the Illimitability of Sovereign Power; 4.6 Austin, Kelsen, and the Status of International Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.7 ConclusionChapter 5: Austin and Scandinavian Realism; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Comparing Apples and Oranges, and Why Bother; 5.3 Affinities; 5.3.1 A Family Resemblance with Hume's Principle; 5.3.2 The Common Methodological Afflatus; 5.3.3 The Interest for General Jurisprudence; 5.4 Criticising the Will Theory; 5.4.1 Hägerström Reads Austin; 5.4.2 Olivecrona Reads Austin; 5.5 Core Differences; 5.5.1 The View of Morals; 5.5.1.1 The View of Coercion; 5.6 Conclusion; Chapter 6: Sense and Nonsense About Austin's Jurisprudence from a Scandinavian Perspective*; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Ross on Austin
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Hägerström on Austin6.4 Lundstedt on Austin; 6.5 Olivecrona on Austin; 6.6 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Did Austin Remain an Austinian?; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Text Behind Hamburgers' Argument; 7.3 What Does It Mean to Be an Austinian?; 7.3.1 The Conception of Sovereignty; 7.3.2 The Conception of Liberty; 7.3.3 A Critique of Natural Law and Rights; 7.3.4 The Principle of Utility; 7.4 Basis for Alleged Changes in His Legal Philosophy; 7.5 What About the Work He Never Started?; 7.6 Is A Plea for the Constitution Non-Austinian?; 7.7 Conclusions; Chapter 8: Austin and the Electors*
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 Introduction8.2 Two Theories of Sovereignty; 8.2.1 The First Theory: Personal Sovereignty; 8.2.2 The Second Theory: Impersonal Sovereignty; 8.3 Sovereignty and Publicity; 8.3.1 Generality of Laws; 8.3.2 Superiority; 8.3.3 Publicity; 8.4 "An Enemy to Itself"; 8.5 Conclusion; Chapter 9: Positive Divine Law in Austin*; 9.1 The Last of the Schoolmen; 9.2 Is There a Positive Divine Law?; 9.3 Revealed and Unrevealed Divine Law; 9.4 All Obligation Rests on Divine Command; Chapter 10: What Is in a Habit?; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Habit in Other Disciplines; 10.2.1 Philosophical Coverage
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.2.2 Psychological Coverage
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400755963
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 108 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Sociology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hamby, Sherry L. The web of violence
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Risikofaktor ; Korrelation
    Abstract: There is an increasing appreciation of the interconnections among all forms of violence. These interconnections have critical implications for conducting research that can produce valid conclusions about the causes and consequences of abuse, maltreatment, and trauma. The accumulated data on co-occurrence also provide strong evidence that prevention and intervention should be organized around the full context of individuals’ experiences, not narrowly defined subtypes of violence. Managing the flood of new research and practice innovations is a challenge, however. New means of communication and integration are needed to meet this challenge, and the Web of Violence is intended to contribute to this process by serving as a concise overview of the conceptual and empirical work that form a basis for understanding the interconnections across forms of violence throughout the lifespan. It also offers ideas and directions for prevention, intervention, and public policy.A number of initiatives are emerging to integrate the findings on co-occurrence into research and action. The American Psychological Association established a new journal, Psychology of Violence, which is a forum for research on all types of violence. Sherry Hamby is the founding editor and John Grych is associate editor and co-editor of a special issue on the co-occurrence of violence in 2012. Dr. Hamby also is a co-investigator of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), which has drawn attention to polyvictimization. Polyvictimization is a focus of the U.S. Department of Justice’s Defending Childhood Initiative and has recently been featured in calls for grant proposals by the Office of Victims of Crime and National Institutes for Justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Chapter 1: The Case for Studying Co-Occurrence -- Chapter 2:  Tracing the Threads of the Web: The Epidemiology of Interconnections among Forms of Violence & Victimization -- Chapter 3:  The Causes of Interconnection -- Chapter 4:  A Developmental Perspective on Interconnection -- Chapter 5:  Implications for Research: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of interpersonal violence -- Chapter 6 Implications for Prevention & Intervention: A More Person-Centered Approach -- Chapter 7   Conclusion: Toppling the Silos.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400760257
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coeckelbergh, Mark, 1975 - Human being risk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Risikomanagement ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Whereas standard approaches to risk and vulnerability presuppose a strict separation between humans and their world, this book develops an existential-phenomenological approach according to which we are always already beings-at-risk. Moreover, it is argued that in our struggle against vulnerability, we create new vulnerabilities and thereby transform ourselves as much as we transform the world. Responding to the discussion about human enhancement and information technologies, the book then shows that this dynamic-relational approach has important implications for the evaluation of new technologies and their risks. It calls for a normative anthropology of vulnerability that does not ask which objective risks are acceptable, how we can become invulnerable, or which technologies threaten human nature, but which vulnerability transformations we want. To the extent that we can steer the growth of new technologies at all, this tragic and sometimes comic project should therefore be guided by what we want to become.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Human Being Risk; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Experience of Risk and Vulnerability; 1.2 The Struggle Against Risk and Vulnerability; 1.3 Technological Risk and the Ethical Evaluation of New Technologies; 1.4 Risk, Vulnerability, and Technology; 1.5 Transhumanism; 1.6 Outline of the Book; References; Part I: Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability; Chapter 2: The Transhumanist Challenge; 2.1 The Ethical Discussion About Human Enhancement and Its Assumptions About Human Being and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Transhumanists Versus Bioconservatives and Infoconservatives: The Anthropological Issue2.1.2 Fighting the Dragon or Accepting What Is Given by Nature or God? The Question Concerning Human Vulnerability and Tech...; 2.2 First Response to the Anthropological Issue; 2.2.1 Human Nature Has Always Changed; 2.2.2 Technology Has Always Changed Who We Are; 2.2.3 Philosophical Anthropology Has Always Been Normative; 2.2.4 From Human Nature to Human Being: From Essence to Existence; References; Chapter 3: Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.1 Standard Dualist Views of Risk and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Objectivist Views: Risk Science, Medicine, and the Psychology of Risk3.1.2 The Social Construction of Risk and Cultural Theory of Risk; 3.2 An Existential-Phenomenological Alternative: A Relational Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.2.1 Existential Vulnerability: Preliminary Phenomenology of Risk and Vulnerability; 3.2.2 Existential Vulnerability: Being-at-Risk, Fear, and Care (Using Heidegger 1); 3.2.3 Existential Versus Existentialist (Not Using Heidegger 2); 3.2.4 The Tradition of Philosophical Anthropology: Plessner; References; Chapter 4: Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Culture(s) of Vulnerability4.1.1 Experience: Imaginations of Vulnerability; 4.1.1.1 An Example: Experiences and Cultures of Health and Illness; 4.1.2 Praxis and Habitus: Imagination as Representation Versus Imagination in Action; 4.2 Vulnerability Transformations; 4.2.1 Spiritual Technologies and Religious Culture; 4.2.2 Material Technologies and Technological, Financial, and Economic Culture; 4.2.3 Social Technologies and Political Culture; 4.2.4 Technologies of the Self and Self-Culture; 4.3 Conclusion: Vulnerability Transformations as Transformations of a Form of Life; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: Normative Anthropology of VulnerabilityChapter 5: Ethics of Vulnerability (i): Implications for Ethics of Technology; 5.1 Vulnerability and Ethics; 5.1.1 The Value of Vulnerability and the Vulnerability of Value; 5.1.2 Evaluating Vulnerability Transformations; 5.1.2.1 Personal Robots; 5.1.2.2 Human Genetic Enhancement; 5.2 Ethics of Technology as an Ethics of Vulnerability; 5.2.1 Standard View: Human Values Versus Technological Means; 5.2.2 Alternative: Learning to Be-at-Risk; 5.3 The Design and Growth of Human Vulnerability; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ethics of Vulnerability (ii): Imagining the Posthuman Future
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability --  Chapter 1. The Transhumanist Challenge -- Chapter 2. An Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 3. Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability -- Part II Normative Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 4. Ethics of Vulnerability (1): Implications for ethics of technology -- Chapter 5. Ethics of Vulnerability (2): Imagining the Posthuman future -- Chapter 6. Ethics of Vulnerability (3): Vulnerability in the Information Age -- Chapter 7. Politics of Vulnerability: Freedom, Justice, and the Public/Private distinction -- Chapter 8. Normative Aesthetics of Vulnerability: The Art of Coping with Vulnerability -- Conclusion.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 235 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Silver, David Business Ethics in the 21st Century, by Norman E. Bowie. Dordrecht: Springer, 2013. 235 pp. ISBN: 978-9400762220 2015
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This work provides a critical look at business practice in the early 21st century and suggests changes that are both practical and normatively superior. Several chapters present a reflection on business ethics from a societal or macro-organizational point of view. It makes a case for the economic and moral superiority of the sustainability capitalism of the European Union over the finance-based model of the United States. Most major themes in business ethics are covered and some new ones are introduced, including the topic of the right way to teach business ethics. The general approach adopted in this volume is Kantian. Alternative approaches are critically evaluated
    Description / Table of Contents: Business Ethics in the 21st Century; Introduction by the Series Editors; Preface; Editorial Board Issues in Business Ethics; Editorial Board Eminent Voices in Business Ethics; Contents; Part I: Economic Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 1: Fair Markets Revisited; Morality as a Ground of Legal Decisions; A Rejoinder and Reply; Advice for Managers; Characteristics of Fairness; Objections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 2: What's Wrong with Efficiency and Always Low Prices; Introduction; The Problem; Some Observations from Home and Abroad; What Some Others Are Saying; The Issue or Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: What's to Be DoneObjections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Economics, Friend or Foe of Ethics; Economics as Foe; Foe: Adherence to Psychological Egoism; Foe: Assumptions of Agency Theory; Dropping the "No Transaction Costs" Assumption: Transaction Cost Economics; Turning Economics from Foe to Friend; Codes of Ethics; The Importance of a Good "Ethical Climate"; Multinationals and Universal Standards; The Argument for Universal Ethical Values; An Argument for Truly Universal Standards of Business Ethics; A Complication; Fairness as an Explanatory Variable in Economics and Management Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionPart II: Philosophical Issues in Business; Chapter 4: Kantian Themes; Why Kant; Organization of This Chapter; Rethinking and Defending Business Ethics : A Kantian Perspective; Chapter 1 Immoral Business Practices; Chapter 2 Treating the Humanity of Stakeholders as Ends Rather than as Means Merely; Chapter 3 The Firm as a Moral Community; Chapter 4 Acting from Duty: How Pure a Motive?; Chapter 5 The Cosmopolitan Perspective; The New Generation of Scholars Applying Kant to Business Ethics; Aristotle-Not Kant; Kantian Accounts of Corporate Social Responsibility; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Limitations of the Pragmatist Approach to Business EthicsBackground; Rorty's Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity; Why Literature Misleads; Rorty's Address Before the Society for Business Ethics; The Pragmatism of Ed Freeman and Some of His Students; Should Stakeholder Theorists Adopt a Pragmatist Methodology?; Concluding Thought; Part III: International Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 6: Varieties of Corporate Social Responsibility; The Maximization of Shareholder Wealth Capitalism-American Finance Based Capitalism; Corporate Social Responsibility as Charity
    Description / Table of Contents: An Addendum to the Classical American View: Stakeholder CapitalismSocial Responsibility Under the Stakeholder Model; The European Sustainability Version of Capitalism; Philanthropy, the Safety Net, and Human Rights; The Business Case for Social Responsibility; Corporate Social Responsibility in Asia; Japan; India; China; Evidence That China Seems to Lack a Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility; Which Version of Corporate Social Responsibility Should a Country Adopt?; The Moral Argument for Sustainability; Why Philanthropy Is Not Enough
    Description / Table of Contents: Does China Need Corporate Social Responsibility to Survive
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400766778
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 223 p. 105 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Methodos Series, Methodological Prospects in the Social Sciences 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.: Methods for Multilevel Analysis and Visualisation of Geographical Networks
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer vision ; Cartography ; Social sciences Methodology ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Anthropogeografie ; Daten ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: This leading-edge study focuses on the latest techniques in analysing and representing the complex, multi-layered data now available to geographers studying urban zones and their populations. The volume tracks the successful results of the SPANGEO Project, which was set up in 2005 to standardize, and share, the syncretic, multinational mapping techniques already developed by geographers and computer scientists. SPANGEO sought new and responsive ways of visualising urban geographical and social data that reflected the fine-grained detail of the inputs. It allowed for visual representation of the large and complex networks and flows which are such an integral feature of the dynamism of urban geography. SPANGEO developed through the ‘visual analytics loop’ in which geographers collaborated with computer scientists by feeding data into the design of visualisations that in turn spawned the urge to incorporate more varied data into the visualisation. This volume covers all the relevant aspects, from conceptual principles to the tools of network analysis and the actual results flowing from their deployment. Detailed case studies set out in this volume include spatial multi-level analyses of flows in airports and sea ports, as well as the fascinating scientific networks in European cities. The volume shows how the primary concern of geography-the interaction of society with physical space-has been revivified by the complexities of new cartographical and statistical methodologies, which allow for highly detailed mapping and far more powerful computer analysis of spatial relationships
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400707764
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 266 p, online resource)
    Edition: 4th ed. 2013
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Corlett, J. Angelo, 1958 - Responsibility and punishment
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Criminology ; Criminology ; Ethics ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Strafe ; Verantwortlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume provides discussions of both the concept of responsibility and of punishment, and of both individual and collective responsibility. It provides in-depth Socratic and Kantian bases for a new version of retributivism, and defends that version against the main criticisms that have been raised against retributivism in general. It includes chapters on criminal recidivism and capital punishment, as well as one on forgiveness, apology and punishment that is congruent with the basic precepts of the new retributivism defended therein. Finally, chapters on corporate responsibility and punishment are included, with a closing chapter on holding the U.S. accountable for its most recent invasion and occupation of Iraq. The book is well-focused but also presents the widest ranging set of topics of any book of its kind as it demonstrates how the concepts of responsibility and punishment apply to some of the most important problems of our time. “This is one of the best books on punishment, and the Fourth Edition continues its tradition of excellence. The book connects punishment importantly to moral responsibility and desert, and it is comprehensive in its scope, both addressing abstract, theoretical issues and applied issues as well. The topics treated include collective responsibility, apology, forgiveness, capital punishment, and war crimes. Highly recommended.”-John Martin Fischer, Distinguished Professor of Philosophy, University of California, Riverside
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Introduction                                                                                            1: The Problem of Responsibility,- 2: The Problem of Punishment.-3: The Socratic Roots of Retributivism4: Foundations of a Kantian Retributivism -- 5: Assessin Retributivism -- 6: Retributivism and Recidivism -- 7: Forgiveness, Apology, and Retributive Punishment.-   8: Capital Punishment.- 9: The Problem of Collective Responsibility.-10: Corporate Responsibility and Punishment.-11: U.S. Responsibility for War Crimes in Iraq.-Conclusion                                                                                        .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744295 , 1283532646 , 9781283532648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 266 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transactional perspectives on occupation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Transactional Analysis ; Occupational Therapy methods ; Occupations ; Philosophy ; Beschäftigungstherapie
    Abstract: An occupation is, most simply put, any activity we participate in that engages (occupies) our attention, interests, and/or expectations, at any point throughout the life course. This book offers an emerging and innovative perspective on occupation, based in the work of American philosopher John Dewey and other pragmatists, that challenges accepted ideas. Each chapter presents a lively and multifaceted dialogue on transactional perspectives on occupation. Scholars from Europe, North America, and Australasia have written a diverse set of arguments and case studies about occupation, covering theoretical, methodological and applied issues relevant to the topic. In addition, contributors make connections with significant authors from various disciplines that make clearer the roles of occupation and occupational science across many cultures and contexts. The transactional perspectives articulated in this book both implicitly and explicitly suggest that occupations are forms of activity that create and re-create a multitude of our relationships with the world. Often taken for granted by some academic disciplines, occupation is a core element of human life. This book is a provocative and critical analysis of the focal concept for occupational therapy and science.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; Contents; Chapter 1: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation: An Introduction and Rationale; 1.1 Introduction and Invitation; 1.2 Development of Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; 1.3 A Pluralistic Approach; 1.4 Structure and Content of the Book; 1.5 Our Hopes; References; Part I: Theoretical Extensions; Chapter 2: Dewey's Concepts of Embodiment, Growth, and Occupation: Extended Bases for a Transactional Perspective; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Embodiment; 2.2.1 Live Creatures; 2.2.2 Embodying the Social; 2.3 Growth; 2.4 Occupation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Dewey on Occupation2.4.2 Occupation, Embodiment, and Growth; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Being Occupied in the Everyday; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Habitual; 3.3 The Relational; 3.3.1 Continuity of Time: Past-Present-Future; 3.3.2 Continuity of Relating: Being-with-Others; 3.4 The Precarious; 3.5 Occupational Practice as Listening; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Resituating the Meaning of Occupation: A Transactional Perspective; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Meaning Explored; 4.2.1 Social Science Perspectives on Meaning; 4.2.2 Occupational Perspectives on Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.3 Philosophical Perspectives on Meaning: Heidegger and Dewey4.3 Perspectives on Meaning Uncovered by Research; 4.4 Implications for Occupational Therapy and Science; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Conceptual Insights for Expanding Thinking Regarding the Situated Nature of Occupation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Governmentality Studies: Shaping Occupational Possibilities; 5.2.1 Discourses; 5.2.2 Differential Shaping of Occupational Possibilities; 5.3 Bourdieu's Theory of Practice: Voicing the Unspoken; 5.3.1 Makane: A Case in Point; 5.4 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Exploring the Transactional Quality of Everyday Occupations Through Narrative-in-Action: Meaning-Making Among Women Living with Chronic Conditions6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Everyday Occupations as Transactions Within Local Cultures; 6.3 "Narrative-in-Action": Meaning Making Endeavors; 6.4 Everyday Transactions, Meaning Making in Everyday Occupations; 6.5 Everyday Transactions in Local Cultures; 6.6 Everyday Occupational Transactions Enacted and Embedded in Local Culture; References; Part II: Case Studies; Chapter 7: Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Transactional Perspective on Immigration
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Introduction7.2 Current Perspectives on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3 A Transactional Perspective on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3.1 Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Case Study; 7.4 Implications for Science and Society; 7.4.1 Occupational Science Research; 7.4.2 Societal Practice; 7.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The Situated Nature of Disability; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Conceptualizing Disability: An Overview of Recent Controversies; 8.2.1 The International Classi fi cation of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF)
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.3 Research Projects: Support for the Transactional Perspective on Disability
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 636 p. 29 illus, digital)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of the sociology of mental health
    Parallel Title: Print version Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Social psychiatry ; Mental illness ; Social aspects ; Psychische Störung ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Medizinsoziologie
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health features theory-driven reviews of recent research with a comprehensive approach to the investigation of the ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members and the lives of those who have been diagnosed as having a mental illnessThe award-winning Handbook is distinctive in its focus on how the organization and functioning of society influences the occurrence of mental disorder and its consequences. A core issue that runs throughout the text concerns the differential distribution of mental illness across various social strata, defined by status characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and age. The contributions to this volume shed light on the social, cultural, and economic factors that explain why some social groups have an elevated risk of disorder. They also address the social repercussions of mental disorder for individuals, including stigmatization within the larger society, and for their families and social networks.The second edition of this seminal volume includes substantial updates to previous chapters, as well as seven new chapters on: -The Individuals Experience of Mental Illness.--The Medicalization of Mental Illness.---Age, Aging, and Mental Health.- -Religion and Mental Health.- -Neighborhoods and Mental Health.- -Mental Health and the Lawand Public Beliefs about Mental Illness.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789400740846 , 1282056964 , 9781282056961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 269 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. C. Henry Kempe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bibliografie ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984 ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984
    Abstract: The book series, 'Child Maltreatment: Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy.' will consist of a state of the art handbook (to be revised every five years) and two to three volumes per year. The first volume in this series is a legacy to C. Henry Kempe. This is a timely publication because 2012 marks 50 years after the appearance of the foundational article by C. Henry Kempe and his colleagues, 'The Battered-Child Syndrome.' This volume capitalizes on this 50 year anniversary to stand back and assess the field from the perspective that Dr. Kempes early contributions and ideas are still being played out in practice and policy today. The volume will be released at the next ISPCAN meeting, also in 2012.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400753747 , 1283634422 , 9781283634427
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 136 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Krieg, Andreas Motivations for humanitarian intervention
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanitäre Intervention ; Motivation ; Legitimität ; Legitimation ; Innenpolitik ; Außenpolitik ; Nationales Interesse ; Idealismus ; Rechtfertigung ; Krieg ; Moral ; Einflussgröße ; Erde ; Humanitäre Intervention
    Abstract: This Brief sheds light on the motivation of humanitarian intervention from a theoretical and empirical point of view. An in-depth analysis of the theoretical arguments surrounding the issue of a legitimate motivation for humanitarian intervention demonstrate to what extent either altruism or national/self-interests are considered a righteous stimulus. The question about what constitutes a just intervention has been at the core of debates in Just War Theory for centuries. In particular in regards to humanitarian intervention it is oftentimes difficult to define the criteria for a righteous intervention. More than in conventional military interventions, the motivation and intention behind humanitarian intervention is a crucial factor. Whether the humanitarian intervention cases of the post-Cold War era were driven by altruistic or by self-interested considerations is a question is covered within and enables a comprehensive and holistic evaluation of the question of what motivates Western democracies to intervene or to abstain from intervention in humanitarian crises.
    Description / Table of Contents: Motivations forHumanitarian Intervention; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Part IThe Normative Debate; 1 The Legal and Moral Legitimacy of Intervention; 1.1…The Impact of Globalization on the International State System; 1.2…Intervention in International Law Since 1945; 1.2.1 Definition of Intervention; 1.2.2 The Principles of Sovereignty and Non-Intervention in the UN System; 1.2.3 Intervention in International Law Since 1990; 1.3…The Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention; 1.3.1 Intervention in Just War Theory; 1.3.2 The Criterion of 'Right intention'; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 National Interests and Altruism in Humanitarian Intervention2.1…Humanitarian Intervention and National Interest; 2.1.1 Definition of National Interest/Self-Interest; 2.1.2 National Interest and Social Contractarianism; 2.1.3 The Role of Self-Interest in Humanitarian Intervention; 2.1.4 National Interests and the Fear of the Trojan Horse; 2.2…Humanitarian Intervention and Altruism; 2.2.1 Definition of Altruism; 2.2.2 Idealist Approach to Humanitarian Intervention; References; Part IIThe Empirical Analysis; 3 The Motivation for Humanitarian Intervention; 3.1…Research Design and Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2…Case Analysis3.2.1 Northern Iraq (Operation Provide Comfort, 1991); 3.2.2 Somalia (Operation Restore Hope, 1992); 3.2.3 Haiti (Operation Uphold Democracy, 1994); 3.2.4 Rwanda (Operation Turquoise, 1994); 3.2.5 Bosnia (Operation Deliberate Force, 1995); 3.2.6 Kosovo (Operation Allied Force, 1999); 3.2.7 East Timor (Operation Stabilise/INTERFET, 1999); 3.2.8 Sierra Leone (Operation Palliser, 2000); 3.2.9 Afghanistan (Operation Enduring Freedom, 2001); 3.2.10 Iraq (Operation Iraqi Freedom, 2003); 3.2.11 Rwanda (Non-Intervention, 1994); 3.2.12 Darfur (Non-Intervention, 2003 ff.)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.13 Overview of Intervention and Non-Intervention CasesReferences; 4 Quantitative Analysis; 4.1…General Findings; 4.2…The Aggregate Strength of Altruism and National Interests in Humanitarian Crises; 4.3…Discussion; References; 5 Conclusion;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 269 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition: Connotations, Complications and Commentary; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Meaning of Adequacy; 1.3 The Meaning of Fairness; 1.4 Analyses of Agrifood Competition; 1.5 The Lesson; References; Part I Conceptualizing Agrifood Competition; Chapter 2: Conceptualizing Fairness in the Context of Competition: Philosophical Sources; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fair Treatment and Fair Play; 2.3 Fairness and the Social Contract
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Fairness and Efficient Competition2.5 Fairness and Outcomes; 2.6 Fairness and Rules; 2.7 Assessing Fair Competition; 2.8 Fair Agrifood Competition; References; Chapter 3: Are Ethics and Efficiency Locked in Antithesis?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Ethics?; 3.3 What Is Efficiency?; 3.4 The Relation Between Ethics and Efficiency; 3.4.1 Ethical Duties as a Constraint on Production; 3.4.2 Ethical Consumption and Ethical Production; 3.4.3 Institutionalizing Ethical Considerations in the Sector; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Fallacy of "Competition" in Agriculture
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 The True Central Question of Competition: What Is It?; 4.2.1 The Nature of Competition; 4.2.2 `Free and Fair' Competition; 4.2.2.1 Free Competition; 4.2.2.2 Fair Competition; 4.3 The Problem of Perfect Competition; 4.4 Competition in Agriculture; 4.4.1 The Demise of Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.2 The Shortcoming of Government Intervention; 4.4.3 Competition in Agriculture Today; 4.4.4 So Whence Concerns About Competition in Agriculture Today?; 4.4.5 What Does This Tell Us About Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.6 Ethics and the Fallacy of Competition; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Efficiency, Power and Freedom5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Overview; 5.3 Aggregate Economic Efficiency; 5.3.1 The Free Market; 5.4 Morals of Monopoly and Competition; 5.5 Antitrust and Competition Policy; 5.5.1 Collusion in Fixing the Rules of the Marketplace; 5.5.2 Knightian Welfare Economics; 5.5.3 Economic Freedom for Farmers and Ranchers; 5.5.4 Serfdom; 5.5.5 Economic Freedom for Consumers; 5.5.6 Innovation and Democracy; 5.6 Concluding Remarks: Back to the Agrifood System; References; Chapter 6: Networks, Power and Dependency in the Agrifood Industry; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Previous Research on Agrifood Industry Structure6.3 Networks, Dependency and Power; 6.4 Differential Dependencies in Stylized Agrifood Networks; 6.4.1 Broilers; 6.4.2 Beef; 6.4.3 Corn and Soybeans; 6.5 Ethics of Dependency; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Reaping and Sowing for a Sustainable Future: The Import of Roman Catholic Social Teaching for Agrifood Competition; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3 Agrifood Competition in Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3.1 Rerum Novarum (1891); 7.3.2 Quadragesimo Anno (1931); 7.3.3 Excursus: César Chávez
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3.4 Mater et Magistra (1961)
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Abstract: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Description / Table of Contents: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9781299702011 , 9789400762688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 S. 36) , Ill.
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Abstract: We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Abstract: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789400749511
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 259 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 32
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book is a radical reappraisal of the importance of Aristotelianism in Britain. Using a full range of manuscripts as well as printed sources, it provides an entirely new interpretation of the impact of the early-modern Aristotelian tradition upon the rise of British Empiricism, and reexamines the fundamental shift from a humanist logic to epistemology and facultative logic. The task is to reconstruct the philosophical background and framework in which the thought of philosophers such Locke, Berkeley and Hume originated: some aspects of their empiricism can be explained only in reference to the academic Aristotelian tradition, even if these authors established themselves as anti-scholastic, anti-Aristotelian philosophers outside the official institutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction -- 2 Logic in the British Isles during the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries -- 3 Logic in the Universities of the British Isles -- 4 Zabarella’s Empiricism 5 Early Aristotelianism between Humanism and Ramism -- the British School 7 Continental Aristotelians in the British Isles -- 8 The Empiricism of the Seventeenth-Century Aristotelianism -- 9. The Reformers of Aristotelian Logic -- 10 Late Seventeenth-Century Aristotelianism -- 11 Conclusion -- Bibliography.-Index ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768215
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 351 p. 40 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: United Nations University Series on Regionalism 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Regionalizing Oman
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Anthropology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Anthropology ; Anthropology ; Regional planning ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Oman ; Regionalisierung ; Oman ; Persischer Golf ; Politik ; Wirtschaft ; Gesellschaft ; Soziologie ; Sansibar ; Außenhandel
    Abstract: This volume addresses the historical structures and current dynamics of Oman’s regionalization processes and their political, economic and social dimensions. It is based on an interdisciplinary and trans-regional dialogue between scholars from different social sciences and area studies such as political science, economics, management, economic and social geography, history, social anthropology and linguistics as well as Middle East/West Asian, gulf and African studies, and develops four major axes of research: - Oman’s integration into global and regional flows of goods, capital, people and ideas; - The multi-scaled political negotiation of such integration (or disintegration) processes; - Consequences of suchlike processes and forms of regionalization for (translocal) actors; - Ideas and strategic communication of regional belonging and the constitution of regions. Each chapter deals with one or more of these issues. Part I deals with concepts of regionalisation and region-building and presents different approaches that accentuate certain dimensions of these processes and come from different disciplinary backgrounds. Part II focuses on the translocal, transnational and (trans)regional movement of people, their practices and imaginations, be they contemporary labour in- and out-migrants, returnees from Eastern Africa or nomadic tribal members. Part III takes a closer look particularly at economic issues and regionalisation processes that are mainly based on multiple trade links, regional development policies or politics of regionalism. Part IV analyses political and socio-cultural issues in regional and global perspectives.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: "Regionalizing Oman": A New Interest of Research on Oman and Its Spatial Dimensions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Research on Oman: A Renewed Interest and Current Developments; 1.3 Outline of the Volume: Its Conceptual Focus and Addressed Readership; 1.4 The Background: The Editor's Projects and the Leipzig Conference in 2010; 1.5 Contributions: Multiple Perspectives on "Regionalizing Oman"; 1.5.1 Introduction; 1.5.2 Part I: Concepts of Regionalisation and Region-Building
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.3 Part II: The Translocal, Transnational and Transregional Movement of People1.5.4 Part III: Micro- and Macro-regionalisation Through Economic Practices; 1.5.5 Part IV: State and Society in Regional and Global Perspectives; 1.5.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Concepts of Regionalisation and Region-Building; Chapter 2: Conceptual Considerations of "Space" and "Region": Political, Economic and Social Dynamics of Region-Building; 2.1 Introduction: Recent Perspectives on Regionalisation; 2.2 "Methodological Nationalism" and the Emergence of the Territorial Nation State
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Continental World Regions and Fixed "Metageographies"2.4 "Spatial Turn": Deconstructing Spatial Rigidities in Social and Cultural Studies; 2.5 Globalisation and the State: Concomitant Processes of Deterritorialisation and Reterritorialisation; 2.6 The "New Regionalism Approach": From Conventional Integration Steps to a Multiplicity of Forms and Actors; 2.7 The Daily "Making of Geography": The Emergence of Spaces of Flows, Movement and Entanglement; 2.8 From a Realist to a Critical Understanding of Making "Geopolitics"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.9 The Rhetoric of "Transes": Transstate, Transnational and Translocal Networks, Flows and Spaces2.10 Blurred Spatial Scales Between the Local and the Global; 2.11 A Complex Understanding of "Regionalisation"; References; Chapter 3: Theorizing Regionalism(s): When "Regions" Emerge and Interact; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Multiple Epistemologies: New Regionalism(s) and the "IR Trap"; 3.2.1 Economic Regionalism; 3.2.2 Political Regionalism; 3.3 The Concept of "Region" in Critical Political Geography; 3.4 Towards an Adaptive Concept of Regional Integration; 3.5 Interregionalism; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Working with "Translocality": Conceptual Implications and Analytical Consequences; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Translocality: A Perspective, a Middle-Range Theory or a Social Fact?; 4.3 The Operational Concept of the Seascape 6; 4.4 By Way of Conclusion; References; Part II: The Translocal, Transnational and Transregional Movement of People; Chapter 5: "We Are Part of Zanzibar" - Translocal Practices and Imaginative Geographies in Contemporary Oman-Zanzibar Relations; 5.1 Introduction: Zanzibar as a Translocality; 5.2 Turning the Focus Towards "Zanzibari" in Oman
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Imaginative and Material Relations to Zanzibar: Keeping Connected and/or Being Tied Together
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Fred ScholzChapter 1. ''Regionalizing Oman'': A New Interest of Research on Oman and its Spatial Dimensions; Steffen Wippel -- Part I: Concepts of Regionalisation and Region-Building -- Chapter 2. Conceptual Considerations of “Space” and “Region”: Political, Economic and Social Dynamics of Region-Building -- Steffen Wippel -- Chapter 3. Theorizing Regionalism(s): When “Regions” Emerge and Interact; Ulrike Lorenz  and Frank Mattheis -- Chapter 4. Working with “Translocality”: Conceptual Implications and Analytical Consequences; Katrin Bromber -- Part II. The Translocal, Transnational and Transregional Movement of People -- Chapter 5. “We are part of Zanzibar” - Translocal Practices and Imaginative Geographies in Contemporary Oman-Zanzibar Relations; Julia Verne and Detlef Müller-Mahn -- Chapter 6. Of Red Cells, Translocality and Origins: Inherited Blood Disorders in Oman; Claire Beaudevin -- Chapter 7. Oman-India Relations: Exploring the Long-Term Migration Dynamics; Samir Pradhan -- Chapter 8. Negotiating Authenticity and Translocality in Oman: the “Desertscapes” of the Harasiis Tribe; Dawn Chatty -- Part III. Micro and Macro Regionalisation through Economic Practices; -- Chapter 9. Re-reading the Role of Oman within its International Trade Relations. From 16th through to the 19th Centuries; Beatrice Nicolini -- Chapter 10. Oman and the Indian Ocean Rim - Economic Integration Across Conventional Meta-Regions; Steffen Wippel -- Chapter 11. Oman Caught Between the GCC Common Market and Bilateral Free Trade with the US: Is It Worth Breaking the Rules?; Anja Zorob -- Chapter 12. Musandam and its Trade with Iran. Regional Linkages across the Strait of Hormuz; Michael Benz -- Chapter 13. Is Littoralization Reconfiguring the Omani Territory?; Belgacem Mokhtar -- Chapter 14. The Impact of Shopping Malls on Traditional Retail Stores in Muscat. Case study of al-Seeb Wilayat; Montasser I. M. Abdelghani. Part IV. State and Society in Regional and Global Perspectives -- Chapter 15. Private Documents as a Source for Regional History: The Archive of the ÝAbrÐyÐn of al-ÍamrÁÞ; Michaela Hoffmann-Ruf -- Chapter 16. Domesticating Local Elites. Sheikhs, Walis and State-Building under Sultan Qaboos; Marc Valeri -- Chapter 17. Musandam: Creating a New Region Across the Water; Gulshan Dietl -- Chapter 18. The Political Economy of Internationalization and Privatization of Higher Education in the Sultanate of Oman; Torsten Brandenburg -- Chapter 19. Bringing the Global and the Local Together through English in Oman; Rahma Al-Mahrooqi and Victoria Tuzlukova -- Concluding Remarks: Regionalizing Oman beyond Conventional Metageographies; Steffen Wippel.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400700864
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 434 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 46
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ethical issues in prison psychiatry
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Political science ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Rehabilitation ; Criminal law ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Rehabilitation ; Criminal Law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Psychiatrie ; Strafvollzug ; Ethik
    Abstract: Recent surveys demonstrate a high and possibly increasing prevalence of mental disorders in prisoners. They have an increased risk of suffering from a mental disorder that transcends countries and diagnoses. Ethical dilemmas in prison psychiatry arise from resource allocation and include issues of patient choice and autonomy in an inherently coercive environment. Ethical conflicts may arise from the dual role of forensic psychiatrists giving raise to tensions between patient care/protection of the public.This book describes models and ethical issues of psychiatric healthcare in prison in several countries. Relevant issues are: the professional medical role of a psychiatrist and/or psychotherapist working in prison, the involvement of psychiatrists in disciplinary or coercive measures; consent to treatment, the use of coercion in forcing a prisoner to undergo treatment, hunger strike, confidentiality. The book ends with consensus guidelines concerning good practice in Prison Psychiatry
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Prison Psychiatry (Norbert Konrad)Ethics within the Prison System (Helmut Pollähne) -- Ethical Issues in Correctional Psychiatry in the United States (Henry Dlugacz Julie Y. Low, Christopher Wimmer and Lisa Knox) -- The Evolution of Punishment and Incarceration (George B. Palermo) -- Forensic Research With The Mentally Disordered Offender (Julio Arboleda-Flórez and  David Weisstub) -- Special problems in different countries -- Ethical issues in Australian prison psychiatry (Danny Sullivan) -- Penitentiary mental health care in Belgium (Paul Cosyns and Kris Goethals) -- Ethical Issues in Prison Psychiatry: Forensic mental health care in Brazil (José G. V. Taborda, Lisieux E. de B. Telles, Maurício Cardoso, Helena D.C.Bins) -- Psychiatric treatment in the detention systems of Quebec, trying to merge carceral and therapeutic cultures (Jocelyne Aubut, Jean-Luc Dubreucq, Marie-Hélène Régnier) -- Ethical issues in German Prison Psychiatry  (Norbert Konrad) -- Mentally ill prisoners: Indian perspective (Siva Nambi, Janannathan Srinivasaraghavan) -- Ethical Issues in Prison Psychiatry in Israel (Jacob Margolin, Moshe Birger, Eliezer Witztum) -- Current status of prison psychiatry and its relationship with general psychiatry in Japan (Yoji Nakatani, Osamu Kuroda) -- Overcrowded Prisons And Low Psychiatric Provision: The Situation Of Mentally Ill Prisoners In Kenya  (David Ndetai and  Muthoni Mathai) -- Ethical Problems of Forensic and Prison Psychiatry in Latvia (Māris Taube) -- Ethical Issues in Prison Psychiatry in the Netherlands (E.D.M. Masthoff,  B.H. Bulten) -- Ethical isues in prison psychiatry in România (Nicoleta Tătaru) -- Ethical issues of mental health care in the Slovene prison system (Vita Poštuvan, Tanja Madjar) -- Quality and ethical problems of mental health services in prisons in Spain (Luis Fernando Barrios Flores & Francisco Torres-Gonzáles) -- Ethical isues in prison psychiatry in Sweden (Orsolya Hoffmann, Lennart Mossberg) -- Prison psychiatry in Switzerland (Marc Graf) -- Current ethical challenges in prison psychiatry in England & Wales (Adarsh Kaul, Birgit Völlm) -- Application of the AMA Code of Medical Ethics to Psychiatric Practice in Correctional Facilities and Access to Psychiatric Care in the U.S.A. (Alan R. Felthous) -- Conclusion (Norbert Konrad, Birgit Völlm and David Weisstub).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9789400754737 , 128393616X , 9781283936163
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 183 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 38
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The heart of the good institution
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethik ; Management ; Verantwortung ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Organisationskultur ; Führungsstil ; Tugendethik
    Abstract: This book addresses the question: how can institutions develop and maintain a good purpose? And how can managers contribute to this endeavour? Twelve contributions explore this question, using MacIntyrean inquiry as a basis for exploring four main themes: Can management be considered a practice in the MacIntyrean sense? What is the role of specific virtues in the development of a virtuous institution? What are management vices and what are the conditions in which they flourish? And, can we use MacIntyrean ideas to consider the management of all forms of institutions? The volume is an international and multidisciplinary collection, with contributions from well-known writers in the field of management ethics, and innovative contributions that use MacIntyrean inquiry as a lens to examine fields such as hospitality, user generated music content and social sustainability. The papers are unified by their concern for the achievement of organizational excellence and integrity through ethical management.Unlike single author texts this edited volume brings together multiple perspectives on the topic of virtue ethics in management. In doing so, it explores the topic both more deeply and more widely than a single author can do. Because of its breadth, this book has the potential to become a turn-to research tool for those interested in virtue theory’s relevance to other academic interests such as organizational behavior (including motivation theory and social psychology), literature, contemporary social issue criticism, and business management.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section 1 intro: Can management be a practice? -- 1 Re-imagining the morality of management: A modern virtue ethics approach; Geoff Moore -- 2 Management as a practice; Tony O’Malley -- 3 Judgment, virtue and social practice; Chris Provis -- 4 Courage as a management virtue; Howard Harris -- Section 2 Intro Leadership, Vice and Virtue -- 5 Virtue ethics in leadership operations: A pathway for leadership development; Erich C. Fein -- 6 The process of conscious corporate growth: A utopian interpretation or a possible virtuous practice?; Mario Carrassi -- 7 Organisational narcissism: A case of failed corporate governance?; Patricia Grant and Peter McGhee -- 8 YouTube as a nascent practice: A MacIntyrean analysis of user-generated content; Helen Rusak and Stephen McKenzie -- Section 3 Intro Case Studies -- 9 Embedded moral agency: A MacIntyrean perspective on the HR professional’s dilemma; Tracey Wilcox -- 10 The contribution of virtue ethics to the pedagogy and Sustainable Practice Of Hospitality Work; Gayathri Wijesinghe -- 11The problem of the empty circle: Thoughts on a virtue approach to social sustainability; Stephen McKenzie -- Conclusion:  A Concluding Reflection: Narratives of Virtue in Responsible Management -- 12 Murdoch, Trollope and Drucker: Virtue ethics as conveyed by stories; Michael Schwartz -- Contributors..
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400753358 , 1283945002 , 9781283945004
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 229 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine
    Abstract: In this book, an international group of philosophers, economists and theologians focus on the relationship between justice, luck and responsibility in health care. Together, they offer a thorough reflection on questions such as: How should we understand justice in health care? Why are health care interests so important that they deserve special protection? How should we value health? What are its functions and do these make it different from other goods? Furthermore, how much equality should there be? Which inequalities in health and health care are unfair and which are simply unfortunate? Which matters of health care belong to the domain of justice, and which to the domain of charity? And to what extent should we allow personal responsibility to play a role in allocating health care services and resources, or in distributing the costs? With this book, the editors meet a double objective. First, they provide a comprehensive philosophical framework for understanding the concepts of justice, luck and responsibility in contemporary health care; and secondly, they explore whether these concepts have practical force to guide normative discussions in specific contexts of health care such as prevention of infectious diseases or in matters of reproductive technology. Particular and extensive attention is paid to issues regarding end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Philosophy of health and health care -- pt. 2. Ethics of end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: General Introduction -- Justice and Responsibility in Health Care - An Introduction; Yvonne Denier, Chris Gastmans & Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 1: Philosophy of Health and Health Care Injustice and Inequality in Health and Health Care; Daniel M. Hausman -- Affirmative Action in Health; Shlomi Segall -- On Justice, Luck and Moral Responsibility Concerning Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis; Yvonne Denier -- Mutual Moral Obligations in the Prevention of Infectious Diseases; Jeroen Luyten -- Justice and Responsibility in Health, Care General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 1; Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 2: Ethics of End-of-Life Care; Is There a Duty to Die in Europe? If Not Now, When?; John Hardwig -- The Duty to Care. Democratic Equality and Responsibility for End-of-Life Health Care; Martin Gunderson -- Dignity Enhancing Care for Persons with Dementia and its Application to Advance Euthanasia Directives; Chris Gastmans -- The Authority of Advance Directives; Govert den Hartogh -- The Wreckage of Our Flesh. Dementia, Autonomy and Personhood; Thomas Nys -- On the Sacred Character of Human Life and Death; General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 2; Herman De Dijn -- Epilogue -- How to Move Forward?; Paul Schotsmans. Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400778443
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 251 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Early Engagement and New Technologies
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics
    Abstract: Despite the topic’s urgency and centrality, this is the first edited volume to offer a comprehensive assessment of the varying approaches to early engagement with new technologies, including nanotechnology, synthetic biology, biotechnology and ICT. Covering five main approaches to early engagement-constructive technology assessment (CTA), value-sensitive design (VSD), midstream modulation (MM), the network approach for moral evaluation, and political technology assessment-the book will be a pivotal text in the rapidly developing research field of ELSI, which explores the ethical, legal, and social implications of new technologies. Featuring leading scholars who discuss each early engagement approach in turn, the chapters cover both theory and applications, and include evaluative assessments of specific instances of early adoption of technologies. Further contributions focus on theoretical issues relevant to all approaches, including interdisciplinary cooperation, normativity and intervention, and political and public relevance. The publication has added profile due to the requirement of multi-billion-dollar research programs in the US and Europe to engage in ELSI research alongside that of the technical development itself, even in the early stages. Its comprehensive scrutiny of the core factors in early engagement will ensure a readership of policy makers as well as scientists and engineers
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1. IntroductionChapter 1. Mandates and methods for early engagement; Schuurbiers, Daan, Doorn, Neelke, van de Poel, Ibo, and Gorman, Michael E. -- Chapter 2. Technology Assessment and approaches to early engagement; Grunwald, Armin and Achternbosch, Matthias -- Part 2. Approaches to Early Engagement -- Chapter 3. Constructive Technology Assessment and the methodology of insertion; Rip, Arie, and Robinson, Douglas -- Chapter 4. Value Sensitive Design; Friedman, Batya, Kahn, Peter, Broning, Alan, and Huldtgren, Alina -- Chapter 5. Socio-Technical integration research: Collaborative inquiry at the midstream of Research and Development; Fisher, Erik, and Schuurbiers, Daan -- Chapter 6. Ethical Parallel Research: A Network Approach for Moral Evaluation (NAME); van de Poel, Ibo, and Doorn, Neelke -- Chapter 7. Political TA: Opening up the political debate. Stimulating early engagement of parliamentarians and policy makers on emerging technologies - Attempts by the Rathenau Institute; van Est, Rinie -- Part 3. Reflections -- Chapter 8. Integrating ethicists and social scientists into cutting edge research and technological development; Gorman, Michael E., Calleja-López, Antonio, Conley, Shannon N., and Mahootian, Farzad -- Chapter 9. Collaboration as a research method? Navigating social scientific involvement in synthetic biology; Calvert, Jane -- Chapter 10. Ethicists in the laboratory: Reflecting about non-existent objects; van der Burg, Simone -- Chapter 11. Metaphors and cohabitation within and beyond the walls of life sciences; Pauwels, Eleonore -- Chapter 12. Early engagement and new technologies: Towards Comprehensive Technology Engagement?; Doorn, Neelke, Schuurbiers, Daan, van de Poel, Ibo, and Gorman, Michael E.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744738
    ISSN: 1389-6903
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 406 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausg. Franks, David D., 1931 - Handbook of neurosociology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurosciences ; Social aspects ; Neurowissenschaften ; Soziologie ; Neurobiologie ; Neurologie ; Soziologie
    Abstract: Until recently, a handbook on neurosociology would have been viewed with skepticism by sociologists, who have long been protective of their disciplinary domain against perceived encroachment by biology. But a number of developments in the last decade or so have made sociologists more receptive to biological factors in sociology and social psychology. Much of this has been encouraged by the coeditors of this volume, David Franks and Jonathan Turner. This new interest has been increased by the explosion of research in neuroscience on brain functioning and brain-environment interaction (via new MRI technologies), with implications for social and psychological functioning. This handbook emphasizes the integration of perspectives within sociology as well as between fields in social neuroscience. For example, Franks represents a social constructionist position following from G.H. Meads voluntaristic theory of the act while Turner is more social structural and positivistic. Furthermore, this handbook not only contains contributions from sociologists, but leading figures from the psychological perspective of social neuroscience.
    Description / Table of Contents: Handbook of Neurosociology; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Summaries and Comments; David Franks: A Short History; Brain Activity Measures and Limitations; Jonathan H. Turner: Coming on Board as an Editor; What Does Neurosociology Have to Offer?; References; Part I: Large Issues; Chapter 2: Neural Social Science; Reason Is Neural; Back to the Future; How Brain Circuits Become Meaningful; Reason and Social Science; Reason Itself: Enlightenment Fallacies; The Enlightenment Fallacies; The First Fallacy: Reason Is Conscious
    Description / Table of Contents: The Second Fallacy: One Can Reason Directly About the WorldThe Third Fallacy: Thought Is Disembodied; The Fourth Fallacy: Words Are Defined Directly in Terms of Features of the External World; The Fifth Fallacy: Reason Is Unemotional; The Sixth Fallacy: Reason Is Literal and Logical; The Seventh Fallacy: Categories Are Defined by Necessary and Sufficient Conditions; The Eighth Fallacy: Reason Exists Primarily to Serve Self-interest; The Ninth Fallacy: Conceptual Systems Are Monolithic; The Tenth Fallacy: Words Have Fixed Meanings, and Concepts Have Fixed Logics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Eleventh Fallacy: The Truth Will Set You Free If Enough People Know the Truth About Social Issues, They Will Change Their Attitudes, to Society's Bene fi t; Some Brain Basics; Color; Perception and Action; That's Why There Are Basic-Level Concepts; That's Why Verb Roots Are the Same for First- and Third-Person Experiences; Imagining and Doing Use the Same Brain Circuitry; Neural Computation and Simulation; The Centrality of Metaphor in Social Life; Neural Metaphor; The Narayanan-Johnson-Grady Neural Theory of Metaphor; How Are Neural Circuits Learned?
    Description / Table of Contents: The Feldman Functional Circuitry HypothesisPrimary Metaphors; Narayanan on Spike-Time-Dependent Plasticity; Neuromodulators and "Rewards"; Integrating Multiple Neural Systems; Embodiment Evidence in Social Psychology; Real Social and Political Life; The Conservative Advantage; What Can Progressives and Democrats Do?; Systems Thinking; The Point; CODA; Solving a Social Science Puzzle; References; Chapter 3: Why We Need Neurosociology as Well as Social Neuroscience: Or-Why Role-Taking and Theory of Mind Are Different Concepts; History of the Terms Neurosociology and Social Neuroscience
    Description / Table of Contents: Distinguishing Between the Two Fields Using Role-Taking and ToMSome Ways Role-Taking and Power Can be Explored Experimentally; What Social Neuroscience Can Offer Sociological Research on Role-Taking and Power; Empirically Testing the Role-Taking and Power Hypothesis; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Social Cognition and the Problem of Other Minds; Where in the World Are Minds?; The Psychology of Individual Minds; Social Psychology and Social Cognition; What Do Minds Learn to Mind?; Brains and Minds Grow Together; Socialized Brains Remain Social Minds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Genetic, Hormonal, and Neural Underpinnings of Human Aggressive Behavior
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9789400744646
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 156 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Frápolli, María José, 1960 - The nature of truth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Truth ; Wahrheit ; Wahrheit
    Abstract: The book offers a characterization of the meaning and role of the notion of truth in natural languages and an explanation of why, in spite of the big amount of proposals about truth, this task has proved to be resistant to the different analyses. The general thesis of the book is that defining truth is perfectly possible and that the average educated philosopher of language has the tools to do it. The book offers an updated treatment of the meaning of truth ascriptions from taking into account the latest views in philosophy of language and linguistics.
    Abstract: The wealth of proposals about truth and its meaning in natural languages everywhere should open it to analysis and definition, but this book makes the startlingly rare assertion that we can define truth using the latest methods in linguistics and philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Truth; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Some Preliminary Issues; 1.1 The General Purpose; 1.2 Some Features of the Proposal; 1.3 Required Philosophical Assumptions; 1.4 The Content of a Theory of Truth; 1.5 The Pragmatist Ingredient; 1.6 The Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Syntax: Playing with Building Blocks; 2.1 Does Syntax Matter?; 2.2 The Truth Predicate; 2.3 The Truth Operator; 2.4 Truth and Identity; 2.5 Adverbs, Adjectives and Nouns; Chapter 3: The Meaning and Content of Truth Ascriptions; 3.1 The Distinction; 3.2 Kinds of Proforms; 3.3 Truth-Ascriptions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 A Classification of Truth-Ascriptions3.5 Special Semantic Tasks; Chapter 4: What Do We Do with Truth Ascriptions?; 4.1 Pragmatics and Semantics; 4.2 Assertions; 4.3 Expressivism; 4.4 Particular Pragmatic Functions; Chapter 5: The Liar Paradox (And Other Logico-Semantic Issues); 5.1 Is There a Liar Paradox?; 5.2 Truth Bearers; 5.3 Logical Form; 5.4 The Paradox; Chapter 6: What Do You Mean by "Redundancy"?; 6.1 R amsey's View; 6.2 Redundancy, of What?; 6.3 Syntactic Redundancy; 6.4 Semantic Redundancy; 6.5 Pragmatic Redundancy; Chapter 7: Obvious Answers for Ready-Made Objections
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Standard Objections7.2 The Epistemic Objections; 7.2.1 Definitions vs. Criteria; 7.2.2 The Causal Effect of Truth; 7.3 The Logical Objection; 7.4 The Semantic Objection; 7.5 Mathematical Truth and Other Metaphors; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750319 , 1283640864 , 9781283640862
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 318 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in German Idealism 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Studies in German idealism
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Poma, Andrea The impossibility and necessity of theodicy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm: Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm *1646-1716* ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee
    Abstract: This book provides an analytical interpretation of Leibniz's 'Essais de Théodicée' with wide-ranging references to all his works. It shows and upholds many thesis: Leibniz's rational conception of faith, his rational notion of mystery, the reformation of classical ontology, and the importance of Leibniz's thought in the tradition of the critical idealism. In his endeavor to formulate a theodicy, Leibniz emerges as a classic exponent of a non-immanentist modern rationalism, capable of engaging in a close dialogue with religion and faith. This relation implies that God and reason are directly involved in posing the challenge and that the defence of one is the defence of the other. Theodicy and logodicy are two key aspects of a philosophy which is open to faith and of a faith which is able to intervene in culture and history.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy; Contents; Abbreviations and Symbols; Part I: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy. The "Essais" of Leibniz; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Theodicy; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 The Theodicy of Leibniz; Chapter 2: True Piety; 1 Truth and Appearance; 2 The Fundamental Truths of Faith; 3 Light and Virtue; 4 The Love of God; 5 Fatum Christianum; Chapter 3: Faith and Reason; 1 The General Terms of the Controversy; 2 Reason; 3 Truth Over and Against Reason: Mystery; 4 Faith and Apologetics: Comprehending and Upholding
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: ScepticismChapter 4: Apologetic Arguments in the Theodicy; 1 The Brief; 2 The Legal Arguments; 2.1 The Presumed Innocence of God; 2.2 That the Onus of Proof Lies with the Prosecution; 2.3 It Is Not Legitimate to Do Wrong in Order to Obtain that Which Is Right; 3 The Apologetic Arguments; 4 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: Gnosis; Chapter 5: Predetermination and Free Will; 1 Absolute Necessity vs. Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 2 Contingency; 3 The Will; 4 Freedom; Chapter 6: Evil and the Best of All Possible Worlds; 1 The Principle of "the Best"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Best of All Possible Worlds3 Evil; 4 Evil in the Best of All Possible Worlds; Chapter 7: God and the Reason Principle; 1 Divine Attributes: Faculties and Values; 2 The Central Role of Wisdom; 3 The Existence of God; 4 The Necessary Being and the Supremely Perfect Being; 5 God and the Reason Principle; Chapter 8: Conclusion; 1 The Theodicy of Leibniz; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 Theodicy; Part II: Appendices; Chapter 9: Appendix One: The Metaphor of the "Two Labyrinths" and Its Implications in Leibniz's Thought; 1 The Metaphor and Its Meaning; 2 Geometric and Mechanical Curves
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Natural and Artificial Machines4 Necessity and Contingency; 5 Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 6 The Calculus of Variations; 7 The Best of All Possible Worlds; 8 Conclusion; Chapter 10: Appendix Two: The Reasons of Reason According to Leibniz; Chapter 11: Appendix Three: From Ontology to Ethics: Leibniz vs. Eckhard; Chapter 12: Appendix Four: Moral Necessity in Leibniz; 1 Possibility and Necessity: Non-existent Possibles; 2 Certain Determination; 3 Moral Necessity; Name Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789048189212
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 299 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crime, HIV and health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Public health ; Kriminologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Öffentliches Gesundheitswesen ; Kriminalität ; HIV ; USA ; Strafjustiz ; HIV ; Gesundheitsgefährdung
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a person's criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations. As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individual's history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a persons criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations.As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individuals history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines.
    Description / Table of Contents: Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Crime and Public Health in the United States; 1.1 Substance Use and Violence; 1.2 Vulnerable Populations, Negative Health Outcomes, and Incarceration; 1.3 Exploring Common Ground: Criminal Justice and Public Health; 1.3.1 Incarceration; 1.3.2 Health Risk Behaviors Among High-Risk Youth; 1.3.3 Crime, Health, and Space; 1.3.4 Public Health Interventions and Criminal Justice Populations; References; Part I: The Health of Incarcerated Populations
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: A Longitudinal Study of the Prevalence, Development, and Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors in Delinquent Youth: Implications for Health Care in the Community2.1 Methods; 2.1.1 Sampling Procedures; 2.1.2 Procedures to Obtain Assent and Consent; 2.1.3 Participants; 2.1.4 Procedures for Data Collection; 2.1.5 Measures; 2.1.6 Missing Data; 2.1.6.1 Missing Cases; 2.1.6.2 Missing Data from Interviews Conducted by Telephone; 2.1.7 Independent Variables; 2.1.8 Statistical Analysis; 2.2 Results; 2.2.1 Prevalence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1.1 Comparing the Baseline and Follow-up InterviewsMales; Females; 2.2.1.2 Prevalence at Follow-up; Males; Females; 2.2.1.3 Gender Differences; 2.2.1.4 Age Differences (Data Not Shown); 2.2.2 Development of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.2.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.2.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.2.3 Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.3.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.3.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.3 Discussion; 2.4 Limitations; 2.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Risky Sexual Behavior and Negative Health Consequences Among Incarcerated Female Adolescents: Implications for Public Health Policy and Practice3.1 Pathways into Delinquency for Female Adolescents; 3.2 Health Service Needs and Service Gaps among Incarcerated Female Adolescents; 3.3 STD Screening and Treatment in Juvenile Detention Settings in California; 3.3.1 Profiles of Project Participants and Qualitative Findings; 3.3.2 Qualitative Findings: Condom Use; 3.3.3 Qualitative Findings: Family Life; 3.3.4 Overlap of Family Conflict, Substance Use and Risky Sexual Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 DiscussionReferences; Chapter 4: Disparities in Mental Health Diagnosis and Treatment Among African Americans: Implications for the Correctional Systems; 4.1 Disparities in Mental Health Diagnoses and Treatment; 4.1.1 Anxiety; 4.1.2 Depression; 4.1.3 Bipolar Disorder; 4.1.4 Schizophrenia; 4.1.5 Treatment Disparities; 4.2 Implications for Correctional Settings; References; Part II: Health Consequences of Crime and Risk Behaviors; Chapter 5: Methamphetamine Use, Personality Traits, and High-Risk Behaviors; 5.1 Research Methods; 5.1.1 Sample Recruitment; 5.1.2 Measures; 5.2 Study Results
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1 Sample
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9789400750678 , 1299198147 , 9781299198142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 179 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 296
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The structural links between ecology, evolution and ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; History ; Congresses ; Ecology ; History ; Congresses ; Environmental ethics ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2005 ; Ökologie ; Evolution ; Ethik ; Bioethik ; Ökologie ; Evolutionsbiologie
    Abstract: Evolutionary biology, ecology and ethics: at first glance, three different objects of research, three different worldviews and three different scientific communities. In reality, there are both structural and historical links between these disciplines. First, some topics are obviously common across the board. Second, the emerging need for environmental policy management has gradually but radically changed the relationship between these disciplines. Over the last decades in particular, there has emerged a need for an interconnecting meta-paradigm that integrates more strictly evolutionary studies, biodiversity studies and the ethical frameworks that are most appropriate for allowing a lasting co-evolution between natural and social systems. Today such a need is more than a mere luxury, it is an epistemological and practical necessity.In short, the authors of this volume address some of the foundational themes that interconnect evolutionary studies, ecology and ethics. Here they have chosen to analyze a topic using one of these specific disciplines as a kind of epistemological platform with specific links to topics from one or both of the remaining disciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: The Structural Linksbetween Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Ecology, Evolution, Ethics: In Search of a Meta-paradigm - An Introduction; 1.1 Some Landmarks of an Interweaved History of Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; 1.2 Looking for an Epistemic and Practical Meta-paradigm: The Transactional Framework; 1.3 Evolution between Ethics and Creationism; 1.4 Chance and Time between Evolution and Ecology; 1.5 Ethics between Ecology and Evolution; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Evolution Versus Creation: A Sibling Rivalry?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Before The Origin2.2 Charles Darwin; 2.3 The Darwinian Evangelist; 2.4 The Twenty-first Century; References; Chapter 3: Evolution and Chance; 3.1 Three Meanings of the Concept of Chance; 3.1.1 Luck; 3.1.2 Random Events; 3.1.3 Contingency with Respect to a Theoretical System; 3.2 Modalities of Chance in the Biology of Evolution; 3.2.1 Mutation; 3.2.2 Random Genetic Drift; 3.2.3 Genetic Revolution; 3.2.4 The Ecosystem Level; 3.2.5 The Macroevolutionary Level (Paleobiology); 3.2.6 Other Cases; 3.3 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 4: Some Conceptions of Time in Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Scales of Time4.2 The Chronological Issue; 4.3 Crop Rotation; 4.4 Succession and Equilibrium; 4.5 Irreversibility and Unpredictability; 4.6 Persistence and Anticipation; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Facts, Values, and Analogies: A Darwinian Approach to Environmental Choice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Naturalism: The Method of Experience; 5.3 An Empirical Hypothesis; 5.4 Scaling and Environmental Problem Formulation; 5.5 Darwin and Environmental Ethics; Note; References; Chapter 6: Towards EcoEvoEthics; 6.1 An Equilibrium World and the Ecosystem Paradigm
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Protection of Nature: The Path to Ecology6.3 Ecocentrism, the Ethical Counterpart of the Ecosystem Paradigm; 6.4 Ecology Meets Evolution: The Co-change Paradigm; 6.5 An Eco-evolutionary Ethics Is Needed; 6.6 Uniqueness, Diversity, and Evolutionary Values; 6.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Ecology and Moral Ontology; 7.1 The Superorganism Paradigm in Ecology; 7.2 The Ecosystem Paradigm in Ecology; 7.3 The Rise and Fall of Ecosystems as Superorganisms; 7.4 Organisms as Superecosystems; 7.5 Classical and Recent Expressions of the Organism as Superecosystem Concept
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.6 From a Modern to a Post-modern Moral Ontology7.7 Post-modern Ecological Moral Ontology: Toward an Erotic Ethic; References; Chapter 8: Animal Rights and Environmental Ethics; 8.1 Defining Characteristics of Moral Rights; 8.1.1 ``No Trespassing´´; 8.1.2 Equality; 8.1.3 Trump; 8.1.4 Respect; 8.2 Who Has Moral Rights?; 8.2.1 Subjects-of-a-Life; 8.2.2 Animal Rights; 8.3 A Number of Environmentally-based Objections Have Been Raised Against the Rights View2; 8.3.1 The Rights View and Predator-Prey Relations; 8.3.2 The Rights View and Endangered Species; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Reconciling Individualist and Deeper Environmentalist Theories? An Exploration
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400749146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 516 p. 185 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: This book provides a thorough summary of the means currently available to the investigators of Artificial Intelligence for making criminal behavior (both individual and collective) foreseeable, and for assisting their investigative capacities. The volume provides chapters on the introduction of artificial intelligence and machine learning suitable for an upper level undergraduate with exposure to mathematics and some programming skill or a graduate course. It also brings the latest research in Artificial Intelligence to life with its chapters on fascinating applications in the area of law enforcement, though much is also being accomplished in the fields of medicine and bioengineering. Individuals with a background in Artificial Intelligence will find the opening chapters to be an excellent refresher but the greatest excitement will likely be the law enforcement examples, for little has been done in that area. The editors have chosen to shine a bright light on law enforcement analytics utilizing artificial neural network technology to encourage other researchers to become involved in this very important and timely field of study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication -- Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction to Artificial Networks and Law Enforcement Analytics; William J. Tastle -- Chapter 2. Law Enforcement and Artificial Intelligence; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 3. The General Philosophy of Artificial Adaptive Systems; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 4. A Brief Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms and the Genetic Doping Algorithm; M. Buscema, M. Capriotti -- Chapter 5. Artificial Adaptive Systems in Data Visualization: Pro-Active data; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 6. The Metropolitan Police Service Central Drug Trafficking Database: Evidence of Need; Geoffrey Monaghan and Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 7. Supervised Artificial neural Networks: Back Propagation Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 8. Pre-Processing Tools for Non-Linear Data Sets; Massimo Buscema, Alessandra Mancini and Marco Breda -- Chapter 9. Metaclassifiers; Massimo Buscema, Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 10. Auto Identification of a Drug Seller Utilizing a Specialized Supervised Neural Network; Massimo Buscema and Marco Intraligi -- Chapter 11. Visualization and Clustering of Self-Organizing Maps; Giulia Massini -- Chapter 12. Self-Organizing Maps: Identifying Non-Linear Relationships in Massive Drug Enforcement Databases; Guila Massini -- Chapter 13. Theory of Constraint Satisfaction Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 14. Application of the Constraint Satisfaction Network; Marco Intraligi and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 15. Auto-Contractive Maps, h Function and the Maximally regular Graph: A new methodology for data mining; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 16. Analysis of a Complex Dataset Using the Combined MST and Auto Contractive Map; Giovanni Pieri -- Chapter 17. Auto Contractive Mapsand Minimal Spanning tree: Organization of Complex datasets on criminal behavior to aid in the deduction of network connectivity; Giula Massini and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 18. Data Mining Using Non-linear Auto Associative Artificial Neural Networks: The Arrestee Dataset; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 19. Artificial Adaptive System for Parallel Querying of Multiple Databases; Massimo Buscema.-.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 328 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 118
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Autonomy and the self
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Autonomie ; Selbst ; Willensfreiheit ; Selbstständigkeit ; Person
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent's personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one's self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume's contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt's notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one's self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent’s personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one’s self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume’s contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt’s notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one’s self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses.
    Description / Table of Contents: Autonomy and the Self; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; The Self; Subjectivist Accounts of the Self; Existential Account; Essential Nature Account; Social-Relational Accounts of the Self; Narrative Accounts of the Self; Autonomy and the Self; Existential cum Libertarian Thesis; Authenticity via Essential Nature Thesis; Internal vs. External Aspects of Autonomy and the Self; Autonomy, the Self, and Limited Freedom; Overview of Contributions; Part I: Autonomy and Free Will; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal T raits; Part III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Autonomy and Free Will; Freedom Without Choice?; 1 Introducing the Problem; 2 The Concept of Freedom; 3 Cutting the Possibilities Criterion; 4 Advancing the Criterion of "Naturalness"; 5 Freedom Dependent on Actual Choice; 6 Freedom Dependent on Possible Choice; 7 Possible Forms of Freedom Without Choice; 8 Conclusion; References; Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; 1 Terminological and Substantial Disputes About Free Will; 2 The Evaluative Approach; 3 Varieties of Free Will; 3.1 Reflexivity or Capacity for Self- Consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Internal Structure of Free Will3.2.1 The Will I Experience as My Own; 3.2.2 The Will I Experience Wholeheartedly as My Own; 3.2.3 The Will I Try to Make My Own; 3.2.4 Will with the (Positive or Indifferent) Experience of Having Alternative Possibilities (Willkürfreiheit); 3.2.5 The Will I Experience (Positively) as Being Without Alternatives (Necessary Will); 3.2.6 Diachronic and Dynamic Will; 3.2.7 Strong or Rational Will; 3.3 The Context of Embedded Will; 3.3.1 The Will Which Is My Own (Authentic Will); 3.3.2 The Will I Make My Own (Autonomous Will)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3 Will with and Without Alternative Possibilities of Willing3.3.4 Will with Good Options; 3.3.5 Realizable Will; 3.3.6 Recognized Will; 3.3.7 Accountable and Responsible Will; 3.4 The Content of Free Will; 3.4.1 The Will Which Wills Free Will; 3.4.2 Prudent, Moral, and Legal Will; 3.4.3 Collective or Shared Will; 3.4.4 Transgressing Borders: Extended Will; 3.4.5 Ethical (Sittlicher) Will; References; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits; Norm-Guided Formation of Cares Without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction : Identification, Leeway, and Existential Autonomy2 Preliminaries: Rationalist Constitutivism and Arguments Against Leeway-Liberty; 3 From Caring to Volitional Necessities: Frankfurt's VN-Arguments; 3.1 Identification, Caring, and Love; 3.2 Frankfurt's Kantian Analogy; 3.3 Frankfurt's Integrity Argument; 3.4 The Emptiness of Total Liberty; 4 An Existentialist Response to Frankfurt: Projective Motivation and Norms; 4.1 Frankfurt's False Dichotomy and Internalism; 4.2 Normative Authority Without Prior Motives; 4.3 Existential Autonomy with Leeway-Liberty to the Core
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 The Dilution of Options by Too Many Alternatives?
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Introduction; Michael Kühler, Nadja Jelinek -- Section I: Autonomy and Free Will -- 1. Freedom Without Choice?; Gottfried Seebaß -- 2. Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; Barbara Merker -- Section II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits -- 3. Norm-Guided Formation of Cares without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt; John Davenport -- 4. Dynamics in Autonomy; Nadja Jelinek -- 5. The Normative Significance of Personal Projects; Monika Betzler -- 6. Normative Self-Constitution and Individual Autonomy; John Christman -- 7. Psychocorporeal Selfhood, Practical Intelligence, and Adaptive Autonomy; Diana Tietjens Meyers -- 8. Emotion, Autonomy, and Weakness of Will; Sabine Döring -- 9. Who Am I to Uphold Unrealizable Normative Claims?; Michael Kühler -- Section III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip -- 10. Paternalistic Love and Reasons for Caring; Bennett W. Helm -- 11. Self-Identity and Moral Agency; Marina Oshana -- 12. Being Identical by Being (Treated as) Responsible; Michael Quante -- 13. Integrity Endangered by Hypocrisy; Nora Hangel -- 14. Who Can I Blame?; Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen -- About the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Norms in technology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie
    Abstract: This book offers a fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today s technologies and tomorrow s inventions. It examines what is deemed to be the internal norms that govern the ever-expanding technical universe
    Abstract: This book is a distinctive fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today’s technologies and tomorrow’s inventions. The authors examine what we deem to be the internal norms that govern our ever-expanding technical universe. Recognizing that developments in technology and engineering literally create our human future, transforming existing knowledge into tomorrow’s tools and infrastructure, they chart the normative criteria we use to evaluate novel technological artifacts: how, for example, do we judge a ‘good’ from a ‘bad’ expert system or nuclear power plant? As well as these ‘functional’ norms, and the norms that guide technological knowledge and reasoning, the book examines commonly agreed benchmarks in safety and risk reduction, which play a pivotal role in engineering practice.Informed by the core insight that, in technology and engineering, factual knowledge relating, for example, to the properties of materials or the load-bearing characteristics of differing construction designs is not enough, this analysis follows the often unseen foundations upon which technologies rest-the norms that guide the creative forces shaping the technical landscape to come. The book, a comprehensive survey of these emerging topics in the philosophy of technology, clarifies the role these norms (epistemological, functional, and risk-assessing) play in technological innovation, and the consequences they have for our understanding of technological knowledge.
    Description / Table of Contents: Norms in Technology; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 The Many Relations Between Norms and Technology; 2 Two Types of Instrumental Norms; 3 Norms, Risk and Safety; 3.1 The Illusion of Nonnormative Risk Assessment; 3.2 The Undesirability of Risks; 3.3 Prioritization Among Incomparable Risks; 3.4 Probability Weighing; 3.5 Safety Norms in Engineering Practice; 4 The Structure of the Book; Part I: Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action; Chapter 2: Extending the Scope of the Theory of Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Science and Engineering Knowledge; 3 Engineering Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Exploring Types of Engineering Knowledge5 Will the Justified True Belief Account Work?; 6 Bearers of Knowledge: Beliefs, Actions and Other Categories; 7 Conclusion; Appendix : Edison's Patent; References; Chapter 3: Rules, Plans and the Normativity of Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Technological Rules and Norms; 3 Plans and Agents; 4 Normativity in Technological Knowledge; 5 Towards an Epistemology of Routines; 6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Beliefs, Acceptances and Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction: Can Technological Knowledge Be a Matter of Beliefs Only?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Types of Acceptances3 Types of Technological Knowledge; 4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Policy Objectives and the Functions of Transport Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Background and Observations; 2.1 Swedish Transport Policy Objectives; 2.2 Conceptions of Objectives and Rationality; 3 Normative Implications and Lessons Learned; 3.1 Goals Are Subject to Evaluation and Updating; 3.2 There Is a Trade-Off Between Precision and Flexibility; 3.3 Different Kinds of Goals Require Different Approaches; 4 Philosophical Relevance; 4.1 Future Generations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Standard of Measurement (Axiological Commensurability)4.3 Fairness; 5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams; 1 Introduction; 2 The Function of Engineering Goals; 3 Designing the MOSE System; 4 Precision; 5 Evaluability; 6 Approachability; 7 Consistency; 8 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Normativity and Artefact Norms; Chapter 7: Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology; 1 Introduction; 2 Classifying Value Statements; 2.1 Quantitative Classification; 2.2 Classification in Terms of Value Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Categories of Technological Objects4 Functional Value Statements in Technology; 4.1 Function and Value: A First Approximation; 4.2 Four Types of Categories; 4.3 Asymmetries in the Use of Value Terms; 5 Norms; 6 Conclusion; Appendix: The Logic of Category-Specified Value; Categories and Their Elements; Subcategories; Value Predicates; Some Valid Inference Principles; References; Chapter 8: Artefactual Norms; 1 Introduction; 2 What's in a Norm?; 3 Artefact Use and Norms; 3.1 Compatibility; 3.2 Interference; 3.3 Quality; 4 Artefact Design and Norms; 4.1 Marketability; 4.2 Manufacturability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Transportability, Installability
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I. Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action.-Chapter 1.  Extending the scope of technological knowledge: Anthonie W.M. Meijers and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 2. Rules, plans and the normativity of technological knowledge: Wybo Houkes -- Chapter 3. Beliefs, acceptances and technological knowledge: Marc J. de Vries and Anthonie W.M. Meijers -- Chapter 4. Policy objectives and the functions of transport systems: Holger Rosencrantz -- Chapter 5. Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams Case: Karin Edvardsson Björnberg -- Part 2. Normativity and Artefact Norms -- Chapter 6. Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology: Sven Ove Hansson -- Chapter 7. Artifactual norms: Krist Vaesen -- Chapter 8. Instrumental Artifact Functions and Normativity: Jesse Hughes -- Chapter 9. The goodness and kindness of artefacts: Maarten Franssen -- Part 3. Normativity and Technological Risks -- Chapter 10. The Non-Reductivity of Normativity in Risks: Niklas Möller -- Chapter 11. Risk and Degrees of Rightness: Martin Peterson and Nicolas Espinoza -- Chapter 12. Naturalness, Artifacts, and Value: Per Sandin -- Chapter 13. Trust in Technological Systems: Philip J. Nickel -- Index.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760073 , 1299198252 , 9781299198258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 132 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Wellman, Carl, 1926 - 2021 Terrorism and counterterrorism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology
    Abstract: This book presents a definition of terrorism that is broad and descriptive and much needed to prevent misunderstanding. The book identifies the features that make terrorism ‘wrong’, including coerciveness, the violation of rights and undermining of trust. Next, it evaluates reasons given for terrorism such as the protection of human rights and the liberation of oppressed groups as not normally justified. Following this, the book identifies and evaluates international responses to terrorism, taking into account General Assembly and Security Council resolutions, United Nations conventions and criminalization in international law. It also looks at national responses which often take the shape of surveillance, detention, interrogation, trials, targeted killings, intrusion and invasion. Finally, the book discusses how, if at all, the moral norms of personal morality apply to the actions of nation states.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.What is Terrorism? -- 2.Why is Terrorism Wrong? -- 3.How Could Terrorism be Justified? -- 4.International Responses -- 5.State Responses -- 6.Moral Limits on State Responses -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789400751316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 175 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Unternehmensethik ; Unternehmen ; Komplexes System ; Metareflexion
    Abstract: Corporations, and the environments in which they operate, are complex, with changing multiple dimensions, and an inherent capacity to evolve qualitatively. A central premise of this study is that a postmodern reading of ethics represents an expression of, and an engagement with, the ethical complexities that define the business landscape. In particular, the deconstructive philosophy of Jacques Derrida offers a non-trivial reading of a complex notion of ethics, and thereby helps us to develop the skills necessary to critique and intervene in our practices, and to develop robust strategies for living in the absence of prescriptive ethical frameworks. Although a central premise of this study is that substantive ethical claims can only be generated within a given context, the study nevertheless presents readers with a meta-position that illustrates the type of considerations that should inform ethical reflection from a complexity perspective. In order to illustrate the value that this meta-position holds for business ethics, these considerations are explored in terms of the implications that they hold for our understanding of corporate social responsibility, for the practice of responsible management and leadership practices, and for teaching business ethics.
    Description / Table of Contents: On the (Im) Possibility of Business Ethics; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Theoretical Foundation; Chapter 1: Towards a Postmodern Understanding of Business Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Postmodernism; Analytic Distinctions; (Anti)Ideological Distinctions; The Crisis of Representation; The Provisionality of Meaning; Reflexivity; The Decentring of the Subject; Assessing the Viability of a Postmodern Business Ethics; Walton´s Scepticism; Gustafson´s Defence of Postmodernism; Postmodern Insights: Redefining the Agenda for Business Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Status of Contesting Knowledge ClaimsThe Ethical Task: Learning to Reflect on, and Engage with, Ethical Problems; Performative Reflexivity and Moral Judgement; The Ethical Task: Broadening Perspectives on Available Choices; The Contextually-Defined Nature of Ethical Practices; The Ethical Task: Nurturing a Critical Disposition; Critical Challenges: Problematising the Fact-Value Distinction; The Fields of Business Ethics; The Normative Field; The Descriptive Field; The Postmodern Challenge; Problematising Descriptive Ethics; Problematising Normative Ethics; Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern Ethics as an Ethics of PracticeReferences; Chapter 2: The Ethics of Complexity and the Complexity of Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Critical Complexity; Two Understandings of Complexity Theory; Restricted Complexity; General Complexity; Features of Complex Systems; Complex Systems Are Not Complicated Systems; Complex Systems Are Characterised by Richly Interconnected Components; The Component Parts of Complex Systems Have a Double-Identity; Upward and Downward Causation Give Rise to Complex Structures; Complex Systems Are Non-additive
    Description / Table of Contents: Complex Systems Exhibit Self-Organising and Emergent BehaviourComplex Systems Are Structured; Complex Systems Are Open and Bounded Systems; Ethical Implications; The Ethics of Complexity and the Limits of Knowledge; The Status of Our Models; Reductionism in the Social Sciences; Modelling and the Importance of a Double-Consciousness; The Embeddedness of Ethical Practices: Positioning the Moral Agent; Static Versus Fluid Conceptions of Identity; Moral Agency in a Complex World; The Complexity of Ethics and Responsible Action; Towards a Meta-Ethical Position; The Provisional Imperative
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodernism, Complexity, and Theories of the OrganisationReferences; Chapter 3: Introducing a Deconstructive Ethics; Introduction; Derrida´s Central Concepts; Beyond Logocentricism; Hierarchy and Authority; (Con)text; The Example of Speech and Writing; On Deconstructing; The First and Second Movements of Deconstruction; Revisiting the Example of Speech and Writing; Beyond a Binary Logic; Supplementary Complications; Play, Différance, and the Trace; Deconstructing Plato´s Pharmacy; Deconstruction Is Hymeneal; Complexity, Deconstruction, and Ethics; The Ethics of Deconstruction
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethical Testimony
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765641
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 200 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Pagallo, Ugo The laws of robots
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Computer ; Privatrecht ; Strafrecht ; Roboter ; Recht
    Abstract: This book explores how the design, construction, and use of robotics technology may affect today’s legal systems and, more particularly, matters of responsibility and agency in criminal law, contractual obligations, and torts. By distinguishing between the behaviour of robots as tools of human interaction, and robots as proper agents in the legal arena, jurists will have to address a new generation of “hard cases.” General disagreement may concern immunity in criminal law (e.g., the employment of robot soldiers in battle), personal accountability for certain robots in contracts (e.g., robo-traders), much as clauses of strict liability and negligence-based responsibility in extra-contractual obligations (e.g., service robots in tort law). Since robots are here to stay, the aim of the law should be to wisely govern our mutual relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: On Law, Philosophy and Technology; 2.1 The Philosophy of Law and Robots; 2.1.1 The Law in Literature; 2.1.2 Sources, Concepts, and Legal Reasoning; 2.1.3 The Levels of Abstraction; 2.2 The Principle of Responsibility; 2.2.1 Immunity; 2.2.2 Strict Liability; 2.2.3 Personal Fault; 2.2.4 Responsibility for a Robot; 2.3 Agency and Accountability of Artificial Agents; 2.3.1 A Moral Threshold; 2.3.2 Agents Before the Law; 2.4 Who Pays?; Chapter 3: Crimes; 3.1 Sci-Fi Scenarios
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The States of Mind and Criminal Acts3.3 Robots and Just Wars; 3.3.1 What Robots Might Change; 3.3.2 Just Causes of War; 3.3.3 Conditions of Just Wars; 3.3.4 Proportionality; 3.4 The Phenomenology of Picciotto Roboto; 3.4.1 Picciotto by Design; 3.4.2 Crimes of Intent; 3.4.3 Crimes of Negligence; 3.5 A Failure of Causation?; Chapter 4: Contracts; 4.1 Pacts, Clauses and Risk; 4.2 The Artificial Doctor; 4.2.1 Parties, Counterparties and Third Parties; 4.2.2 Producers, Users and Patients; 4.3 Robo-Traders; 4.3.1 Artificial Greediness; 4.3.2 The Robot and the Principal
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.3 A New Agent in Town4.4 Modern Robots, Ancient Slaves; 4.4.1 The Digital Peculium; 4.5 The UV Revolution; 4.5.1 AI Chauffeurs and Intelligent Car Sharing; 4.5.2 Unjust Damages; Chapter 5: Torts; 5.1 Bad Intentions; 5.2 Children, Pets and Negligence; 5.2.1 American Parents; 5.2.2 Italian Parents; 5.3 AI Employees and Strict Liability Rules; 5.3.1 The Digital Peculium Revisited; 5.4 Burdens of Proof; 5.4.1 The Precautionary Principle; 5.4.2 Robotic Openness; Chapter 6: Law as Meta-technology; 6.1 Robots as Legal Persons; 6.1.1 The Front of Robotic Liberation; 6.1.2 The Pragmatic Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Robots as Strict Agents6.3 Sources of Good and Evil; 6.4 Levels of Complexity; 6.4.1 Technologies of Social Control; 6.4.2 The Political Requirement; Conclusions; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400763432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 352 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What makes us moral? on the Capacities and Conditions for Being Moral
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Ethik ; Bedingung
    Abstract: This book addresses the question of what it means to be moral and which capacities one needs to be moral. It questions whether empathy is a cognitive or an affective capacity, or perhaps both. As most moral beings behave immorally from time to time, the authors ask which factors cause or motivate people to translate their moral beliefs into action? Specially addressed is the question of what is the role of internal factors such as willpower, commitment, character, and what is the role of external, situational and structural factors? The questions are considered from various (disciplinary) perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: What Makes Us Moral? An Introduction; 1.1 Why Be Moral; Why Are We Moral; What Makes Us Moral?; 1.2 Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; 1.3 Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; 1.4 Part III: Nativism and Non-nativism; 1.5 Part IV: Religion and (Im)Morality; 1.6 Part V: Morality Beyond Naturalism; References; Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; Chapter 2: Rationality and Deceit: Why Rational Egoism Cannot Make Us Moral; 2.1 Human Cooperation and Evolutionary Altruism
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Social Preferences Versus Selfish Cooperation2.3 Selfishness and Deceit; 2.4 A Theory of Morality as Disguised Selfishness; 2.5 Cooperation in a World of Selfish Agents; 2.6 Fallible Mind Reading Makes Our Value System Emerge; References; Chapter 3: Two Problems of Cooperation; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Cooperation?; 3.3 The Descriptive Problem; 3.4 The Normative Problem; 3.5 Connecting the Descriptive and the Normative; 3.6 Implications of the Convergence; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Importance of Commitment for Morality: How Harry Frankfurt's Concept of Care Contributes to Rational Choice Theory4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Puzzling Distance Between Morality and Economics; 4.3 Rational Choice Theory and Its Limitations; 4.4 Sen's Concept of Commitment and Beyond; 4.5 Sen's Concept of Meta-rankings; 4.6 Frankfurt on Autonomy and Rationality; A Matter of Caring (Not Desiring Alone); 4.7 Care and Morality: Opportunities for RCT; 4.8 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Quantified Coherence of Moral Beliefs as Predictive Factor for Moral Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Coherence - From an Intuition to a Quantified Concept5.2 Coherence in Psychology; 5.3 The Suggestion of Paul Thagard; 5.4 Our Definition of Coherence; 5.5 Comparison to the Proposal of Thagard; 5.6 Outlining the (Possible) Causal Role of Coherence; 5.7 Coherence Types of Moral Belief Systems; 5.8 Conclusion; Appendix: Exposition of the Measure and Operationalization; References; Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; Chapter 6: Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Definition of Morality; 6.3 Clusters of Moral Behaviour
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Empathy, Concern for Others, and Helping Behaviour6.5 Behavioural Regularities and Norms; 6.6 Guidance by Norms in Human Morality; 6.7 Motivation by Moral Norms; 6.8 Disapproval and Punishment; 6.9 Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.10 Animal Ethics and Animal Morality; 6.11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Two Kinds of Moral Competence: Moral Agent, Moral Judge; 7.1 What Makes Us Moral? And the Continuism/ Discontinuism Debate; 7.2 The Epistemic Argument Against the Moral Agency/Moral Judgment Dissociation; 7.2.1 The Epistemic Conditions for Moral Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2.2 Moral Knowledge and Acting for Good Reasons
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400760042
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 329 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reason and analysis in ancient Greek philosophy
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Griechenland ; Vernunft ; Methode ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This distinctive collection of original articles features contributions from many of the leading scholars of ancient Greek philosophy. They explore the concept of reason and the method of analysis and the central role they play in the philosophies of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. They engage with salient themes in metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, and political theory, as well as tracing links between each thinker’s ideas on selected topics. The volume contains analyses of Plato’s Socrates, focusing on his views of moral psychology, the obligation to obey the law, the foundations of politics, justice and retribution, and Socratic virtue. On Plato’s Republic, the discussions cover the relationship between politics and philosophy, the primacy of reason over the soul’s non-rational capacities, the analogy of the city and the soul, and our responsibility for choosing how we live our own lives. The anthology also probes Plato’s analysis of logos (reason or language) which underlies his philosophy including the theory of forms. A quartet of reflections explores Aristotelian themes including the connections between knowledge and belief, the nature of essence and function, and his theories of virtue and grace. The volume begins with an intellectual memoir by David Keyt that recounts his adventures as a philosopher and scholar during the rise of analytic classical scholarship in the past century. Along the way, Keyt relates entertaining anecdotes involving major figures in modern academic philosophy. Blending academic authority with creative flair and demonstrating the continuing interest of ancient Greek philosophy, this book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all those studying and researching the origins of Western philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789400763234
    Language: English
    Pages: XXIV, 415 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Liamputtong, Pranee, 1955 - Stigma, Discrimination and Living with HIV/AIDS
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Anthropology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; HIV-Infektion ; Lebensqualität ; Aids ; Lebensqualität
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755123
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 429 p. 46 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Population 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Demography ; Sexual behavior ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Demography ; Sexual behavior ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sexualverhalten ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    Abstract: The International Handbook on the Demography of Sexuality is the first book to specifically address the study of sexuality from a demographic perspective. Demographic research has largely paid little attention to sexuality as a whole, or sexual orientation in particular, other than in studies examining the “consequences” of sex - sexually transmitted infections or fertility. Instead, the content of this handbook explores population sexuality in order to describe the prevalence of sexual behaviors, desires, and identities, as well as their connections with other demographic outcomes. The focus is on analyzing sexuality as a demographic topic in its own right, rather than solely as a variable in studies of sexually transmitted infection or other health-related topics. In this book, both researchers with traditional demographic backgrounds, as well as those with training in other disciplines, provide an overview of the state of current research on population sexuality. These chapters provide a foundation for the development of research in the burgeoning field of the demography of sexuality
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Introduction to the Demography of Sexuality: 1: Introduction: The Demography of Sexuality (Amanda K. Baumle, University of Houston) -- 2: Sexual Behavior and Practices: Data and Measurement (Stuart Michaels, University of Chicago) -- 3: Best Pratices: Collecting and Analyzing Data on Sexual Minorities (Laura Durso and Gary Gates, The Williams Institute, UCLA School of Law) -- II. Sexual Practices: The Global Picture: 4: Sexual Behavior, Sexual Identity, and Sexual Attraction in the United States: Data from the 2006-2010 National Survey of Family Growth (Anjani Chandra, Casey E. Copen, and William D. Mosher, National Center for Health Statistics) -- 5: Sexual practices of Latin America and the Caribbean (Cecelia Gayet, El Colegio de Mexico; Fatima Juarez, El Colegio de Mexico; and Michel Bozon, INED) -- 6: Sexual Practices in Africa (Yanyi K. Djamba, Auburn University Montgomery) -- 7: Sexuality in China (Nicole Farris, University of West Alabama; Lei He, Texas A&M University; Dudley L. Poston, Jr., Texas A&M University; Carol S. Walther, Northern Illinois University; Chris Russell, Texas A&M University; Heather Kincannon, Texas A&M University) -- III. Sexual Practices Across the Life Course -- 8: Sex in Committed Relationships (Pepper Schwartz, Brian J. Serafini, and Ross Cantor, University of Washington) -- 9: Adolescent Sexual Experiences (Jennifer Pearson, Wichita State University; Lindsey Wilkinson, Portland State University) -- 10: Sexuality Among Older Adults (Osmo Kontula, Population Research Institute) -- IV.  Sexual Identities -- 11: The Prevalence of Gay Men and Lesbians (Christopher Scott Carpenter, UC Irvine) -- 12 : Geography of the LGBT Population (Gary Gates, The Williams Institute, UCLA) -- 13: The Demography of Sexuality and the Labor Market (Amanda K. Baumle, University of Houston) -- 14: The Family and Gay Men and Lesbians (D’Lane R. Compton, University of New Orleans) -- 15: The Demography of Asexuality (Anthony Bogaert, Brock University) -- 16: The Demographics of the Transgender Population (Stacey Lawrence Colton Meier, University of Houston; Christine M. Labuski, University of Arkansas): V. Applied Demography of Sexuality: Perspectives on Policy -- 17: Patterns of Relationship Recognition by Same-Sex Couples in the United States (M.V. Lee Badgett, University of Massachusetts-Amherst; Jody Herman, Williams Institute, UCLA) -- 18: Sexuality in the Military (Karen De Angelis, Michelle Sandhoff, Kimberly Bonner, and David R. Segal, University of Maryland) -- 19: Demographics of Gay and Lesbian Adoption and Family Policies (Mary Ann Davis, Sam Houston State University) -- 20: Same-Sex Couples’ Construction of Census Categories (Carol S. Walther, Northern Illinois University) -- VI: Conclusion -- 21: The Future of the Demography of Sexuality (Amanda K. Baumle, University of Houston).
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 1139625918 , 1139612891 , 1139343734 , 9781139612890 , 9781139343732 , 9781139625913
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1 online resource)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hero, Rodney E., 1953- Black-Latino relations in U.S. national politics
    DDC: 305.800973
    Keywords: African Americans Relations with Hispanic Americans ; African Americans Politics and government ; Hispanic Americans Politics and government ; POLITICAL SCIENCE ; Government ; General ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Anthropology ; Cultural ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Discrimination & Race Relations ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Ethnic Studies ; General ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Minority Studies ; African Americans ; Politics and government ; African Americans ; Relations with Hispanic Americans ; Ethnic relations ; Political aspects ; Hispanic Americans ; Politics and government ; Gender & Ethnic Studies ; Social Sciences ; Ethnic & Race Studies ; United States Ethnic relations ; Political aspects ; United States ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Social science research has frequently found conflict between Latinos and African Americans in urban politics and governance, as well as in the groups' attitudes toward one another. Rodney E. Hero and Robert R. Preuhs analyze whether conflict between these two groups is also found in national politics. Based on extensive evidence on the activities of minority advocacy group in national politics and the behavior of minority members of Congress, the authors find the relationship between the groups is characterized mainly by non-conflict and a considerable degree of independence. The question of why there appears to be little minority intergroup conflict at the national level of government is also addressed. This is the first systematic study of Black-Latino intergroup relations at the national level of United States politics"--
    Abstract: 7 Further Explorations of Black-Latino Relations and Policies in National PoliticsWelfare Reform; Black Advocacy Organizations; Latino Advocacy Organizations; African American and Latino Relations and Welfare Reform; Education and No Child Left Behind; African American Advocacy Organizations; Latino Advocacy Organizations; Some Instances of Collaboration, but Mostly Shared Positions with Little Interaction; Voting Rights Act Renewal; African American Advocacy Groups; Latino Advocacy Groups; Immigration; African American Advocacy Organizations; Latino Advocacy Groups; NAFTA and CAFTA; NAFTA.
    Abstract: Cover; Black-Latino Relations in U.S. National Politics; Title; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Tables and Figures; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; 1 Introduction; Background; The Promise of the Multiracial Coalition; The Apparent Reality; Pluralism and Black-Latino Relations; Beyond Conflict and Cooperation; Analytic Approach; Elites and "the Masses": Brief Caveats; 2 What Previous Research Tells Us about Black-Latino Relations; Urban Government and Politics; Urban Case Studies; Quantitative Studies of Socioeconomic and Political Cooperation and Competition in Urban Politics.
    Abstract: Multivariate AnalysisClarifying the Analysis of the Intersection of Descriptive Representation and Party; Further Exploring the Links of Minority Representatives and Ideology; Conclusion; Appendix 5.1; 6 The Role of Group Interests and Ideology in Cross-Group Support; Ideology as a Bridging Mechanism; Minority Members of Congress and Their Unique Ideological Orientations; A "Conditioning Effect" and a Different Kind of Descriptive Representation?; Accounting for the Direct and Indirect Effects of Descriptive Representation; Conclusion.
    Abstract: Oklahoma City Schools v. Robert Dowell (498 U.S. 237, 1991)U.S. Department of Commerce v. U.S. House of Representatives (525 U.S. 326, 1999); Wards Cove Packing Co. v. Atonio (490 U.S. 642, 1989); Wygant v. Jackson Board of Education [of Jackson, Michigan] (476 U.S. 267, 1986); Conclusion; 4 Salience and Congruence in Policy Positions; Prefatory Comments; Analyzing Salience and Congruence; Congruence -- A Winning Strategy?; Conclusion; 5 Black-Latino Relations in the U.S. House of Representatives; Intergroup Relations in Congressional Voting; Analysis of Minority MCs' Voting; General Patterns.
    Abstract: School DistrictsUrban Education Reform; State Politics and Policy and Black-Latino Relations; Mass Attitudes Research; Blacks and Latinos' Attitudes toward Each Other; Voting Patterns and Partisanship; Similarity/Differences in Group Attitudes about Issues and Policies; Conclusion; 3 Black-Latino Relations in Congressional Testimony and the Legal Arena; Congressional Testimony; Minority Advocacy Group Activities in the Legal Process: Supreme Court Amicus Briefs; A Closer Look at Amicus Briefs: Six Illustrative Cases; Gratz v Bollinger (539 U.S. 244, 2003); Romer v. Evans (517 U.S. 620, 1996).
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , English
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789400755642 , 1283909006 , 9781283909006
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 109 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economic history ; Social sciences ; Genetic epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economics Methodology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Praktische Vernunft ; Theoretische Vernunft ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie
    Abstract: Table of contents -- Summary -- Preface -- Chapter I: Introduction -- Chapter II: Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science -- Chapter III: Sen’s Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science -- Chapter IV: The Contributions of Aristotle’s Thought to the Capability Approach -- Chapter V: Socio-Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the Human Development Index -- Chapter VI: Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics
    Abstract: The aim of the book is to argue for the restoration of theoretical and practical reason to economics. It presents Nancy Cartwright and Amartya Sen’s ideas as cases of this restoration and sees Aristotle as an influence on their thought. It looks at how we can use these ideas to develop a valuable understanding of practical reason for solving concrete problems in science and society. Cartwright’s capacities are real causes of events. Sen’s capabilities are the human person’s freedoms or possibilities. They relate these concepts to Aristotelian concepts. This suggests that these concepts can be combined. Sen’s capabilities are Cartwright’s capacities in the human realm; capabilities are real causes of events in economic life. Institutions allow us to deliberate on and guide our decisions about capabilities, through the use of practical reason. Institutions thus embody practical reason and infuse certain predictability into economic action. The book presents a case study: the UNDP’s HDI
    Description / Table of Contents: Theoreticaland PracticalReason in Economics; Preface; Contents; Summary; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Cartwright-Aristotle Connection; 2.2.1 The Connection; 2.2.2 The Ontology of Capacities; 2.2.3 The Epistemology of Capacities; 2.3 Cartwright's Skepticism About Capacities in the Social Realm; 2.3.1 Cartwright's Skepticism; 2.3.2 Julian Reiss's Interpretation and Proposal; 2.4 Socio-Economic Machines; 2.5 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Sen's Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science3.1 Introducing the Capability Approach; 3.2 Some Problems in Sen's CA; 3.2.1 Identification of Valuable Capabilities: The Debate Over Lists of Capabilities; 3.2.2 Heterogeneity and Incommensurability; References; 4 The Contributions of Aristotle's Thought to the Capability Approach; 4.1 Aristotle on Lists; 4.1.1 The Supposedly Aristotelian List; 4.1.2 The True Aristotelian List; 4.1.3 Back to Sen; 4.2 "Practical Comparability" as a Way of Overcoming Incommensurability14; 4.2.1 The Aristotelian Conception
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1.1 Commensuration4.2.1.2 Comparison by Intensity or Degree of Quality; 4.2.1.3 Comparison by Priority; 4.2.2 Back to Sen; 4.3 Some Conclusions Regarding the Aristotelian Contribution to the CA; 4.4 Capabilities and Capacities; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Chapter Socio: -Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the HDI; 5.1 Socio-Economic Machines; 5.2 The HDI4; 5.3 Some Problems with Index Numbers and the HDI; 5.4 Theoretical and Practical Reason in the HDI
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 Conclusion: The Role of the HDI for the Construction of a Normative Socio-Economic Machine of Human DevelopmentReferences; 6 Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics; Reference
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400738706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 298 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Ethics and Health Policy 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ethics, health policy and (anti-) aging
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medicine
    Abstract: Schermer and Pinxten - Introduction -- I. Science of on ageing and longevity -- Wim Pinxten; Scientists expectations of (anti-) aging research -- Joao De Magalhaes - Pertintent ethical issues in the genomics of ageing -- II. Images of age and ageing -- Soren Holm; Ecce Homo: the implicit anthropology of bioethics and the aging person -- Wim Dekkers; An anthropology of the aging person -- John Vincent; The anti-aging movement: contemporary cultures and the social construction of old age -- Bert Keizer; Why we don’t like old people -- Frans Meulenberg - Older people’s own views on age and aging -- III Ethics in care for elderly -- Cees Hertogh; Ethics and frail eldery -- Frits de Lange; Imagining good aging -- Govert den Hartogh - Death wishes of the elderly -- Dorothea Touwen; Former wishes and current desires - demented patients and their family -- members’ effort to decide what they would have wanted -- Anders Schinkel; Justice and the elderly -- IV Ethics and prolongevity -- John Harris; Enhancement: longevity/immortality? -- Hans van Delden; On the value of being mortal -- Inez de Beaufort; Will you still love me when I’m.? On beauty and aging -- Maartje Schermer; Old age is an incurable disease - or is it? -- Marianne Boenink; On shifting disease concepts and molecular medicine -- Hans Joerg Ehni; Life extension for all -- Struijs, Ten Have, Willems; Healthy aging and personal responsibility -- V Ethics in an aging society: policy implications -- Goran Hermeren; Policy implications of views expressed in this volume.
    Abstract: This volume is about the ethical and philosophical issues that arise in an aging society, and the implications of these issues for healthcare- and social policy. After a brief overview of biomedicine's changing approach of ageing and longevity and of the new expectations that these changes generate, various ethical, social, and policy issues that surround aging and longevity are discussed. First, the images and social meanings of aging and old age in our society are explored, including their normative dimensions and implications for policy. Next, ethical issues in the care for frail elderly are discussed, as well as notion of good care and end-of-life decisions. Finally, the ethical and social implications of emerging possibilities for anti-aging and lifespan extension are considered. The book concludes with an overview of the relevance of the issues discussed for policy making on professional, national and international levels
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400749399
    ISSN: 2211-8101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 86 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mallia, Pierre The nature of the doctor-patient relationship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Physician and patient ; Interpersonal relations ; Physician-Patient Relations ; Philosophy, Medical ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Introduction -- CHAPTER 1 Critical overview of principlist theories -- 1.1 The ‘Four-Principles’ Approach -- 1.1.1 Theoretical basis -- 1.1.2 The Paradigm case -- 1.1.3 The doctor-patient relationship -- 1.2 Robert Veatch’s model of Lexical Ordering -- 1.3 The Principle of Permission -- CHAPTER 2 Phenomenological roots of Principles -- 2.1 The nature of the physician-patient relationship -- 2.1.1 Communication -- 2.1.2 Goals of Medicine -- 2.1.3 The ‘care’ in Health Care -- 2.1.4 The special bond -- 2.2 The Principle of Beneficence and virtue -- 2.3 Nonmaleficence -- 2.3.1 Patient authority or trust -- 2.3.2 Epistemology -- 2.4 Respect for Autonomy -- 2.4.1 A historical and epistemological perspective -- 2.4.2 A cultural appraisal -- 2.5 The dual nature of Justice -- 2.5.1 The Justice of society -- 2.5.2 Justice in Health-Care -- CHAPTER 3 Principles as a consequence of the relationship -- 3.1 Need for grounding principles in -- the relationship -- 3.2 Defining the ontological entities -- 3.3 The physician as an entity -- 3.3.1 Levelling-down of medical relationships -- 3.3.2 Being as Understanding -- 3.4 The Patient as entity - potential for being truly-autonomous -- 3.4.1 Dimensions of the illness experience -- 3.4.2 True Autonomy and the Authenticity of the relationship -- 3.5 Hermeneutics of the relationship -- 3.6 Phenomenology of the clinical encounter -- CHAPTER 4 The principle of Justice in a secular society -- 4.1 Being-with-one-another and the Golden Rule -- 4.1.1 Being-with-one-another -- 4.1.2 The Golden Rule -- 4.2 Common Values -- 4.2.1 Implications in Bioethics -- 4.2.2 The naturalistic fallacy -- 4.3 Common morality and Being-with-one-another -- 4.3.1 Confronting rival traditions -- 4.3.2 Being-with-one-another -- CHAPTER 5 The question of social construct theories Reappraising and phenomenology of the doctor-patient relationship.- 5.1 Post-modernism and medicine -- 5.2 Socially constructed theories -- 5.3 A philosophy based on the phenomenology of the relationship -- 5.4 The ontology of the patient, the doctor and the relationship -- 5.5 Truth concealed -- 5.6 The Clinical Encounter -- CHAPTER 6.- Conclusion -- BIBLIOGRAPHY.
    Abstract: This book serves to unite biomedical principles, which have been criticized as a model for solving moral dilemmas by inserting them and understanding them through the perspective of the phenomenon of health care relationship. Consequently, it attributes a possible unification of virtue-based and principle-based approaches
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natureof the Doctor-PatientRelationship; Contents; 1 Introduction; 2 Critical Overview of Principlist Theories; 2.1…The 'Four-Principles' Approach; 2.1.1 Theoretical Basis; 2.1.2 The Paradigm Case; 2.1.3 The Doctor--Patient Relationship; 2.2…Robert Veatch's Model of Lexical Ordering; 2.3…The Principle of Permission; 3 Phenomenological Roots of Principles; 3.1…The Nature of the Physician--Patient Relationship; 3.1.1 Communication; 3.1.2 Goals of Medicine; 3.1.3 The 'Care' in Health Care; 3.1.4 The Special Bond; 3.2…The Principle of Beneficence and Virtue; 3.3…Nonmaleficence
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.1 Patient Authority or Trust3.3.2 Epistemology; 3.4…Respect for Autonomy; 3.4.1 A Historical and Epistemological Perspective of Autonomy; 3.4.2 A Cultural Appraisal; 3.5…The Dual Nature of Justice; 3.5.1 The Justice of Society; 3.5.2 Justice in Health-Care; 4 Principles as a Consequence of the Relationship; 4.1…Need for Grounding Principles in the Relationship; 4.2…Defining the Ontological Entities; 4.3…The Physician as an Entity; 4.3.1 Levelling-Down of Medical Relationships; 4.3.2 Being as Understanding; 4.4…The Patient as Entity: Potential for being Truly-Autonomous
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Dimensions of the Illness Experience4.4.2 True Autonomy and the ''Authenticity'' of the Relationship; 4.5…Hermeneutics of the Relationship; 4.6…Phenomenology of the Clinical Encounter; 5 Conclusion; Bibilography;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789400764071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 337 p. 32 illus., 25 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Genital cutting
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Circumcision, Female ; Circumcision, Male ; Child Welfare ; Child Advocacy ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: This volume contains the proceedings of the 10th International Symposium on Circumcision, Genital Integrity, and Human Rights. Authors are international experts in their fields, and the book contains the most up-to-date information on the issue of genital cutting of infants and children from medical, legal, bioethical, and human rights perspectives.
    Abstract: Every year, across the globe, an estimated 13.3 million boys and 2 million girls are involuntarily subjected to genital cutting. Both male and female genital cutting persist, generating a multi-billion-dollar-a-year industry that is defended by its proponents with dubious studies, manipulated statistics, and an appeal to “custom.” Physicians and parents alike have been misled into believing that these mutilations are beneficial, necessary, and harmless. Today, flawed studies have allowed the promotion of circumcision as a way of combating HIV/AIDS in Africa, an experiment that failed in the USA, where a half-million circumcised males have succumbed to AIDS. These facts notwithstanding, the public and legal outcry against these abuses is increasing. For instance, the high court in Cologne, Germany ruled in 2012 that circumcision harms the child, that the harm is irreversible, that it denies the child the right to his own body, and that circumcision denies the individual the right to choose his own religion. Thus, the issue of circumcision has expanded beyond the arena of medicine and is firmly established as a human rights and legal problem. The contributors to this volume, an international panel of experts in the fields of medicine, law, ethics, anthropology, sociology, history, religion, and politics, thoroughly examine and elucidate this violation of human rights
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Tortured Bodies, Tortured Doctrines: Informed Consent as a Legal Fiction Inapplicable to Neonatal Male Circumcision; Abstract ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Changes in Doctor-Patient Relationship Usher in Informed Consent; 1.1.2 Birth and Development of Informed Consent in Court Cases; 1.2 How Informed Consent Plays Out with Competent Adults; 1.2.1 Disclosure; Materiality; The Importance of Alternatives; 1.2.2 Voluntariness; Timing, Manner, Order; 1.2.3 CompetenceCapacity; 1.2.4 Understanding: The Forgotten Element; 1.2.5 Exceptions to Informed Consent with Competent Adults
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.6 Problems with Informed Consent for Competent Adults1.2.7 Informed Consent and Non-therapeutic or Elective Surgery on Competent Adults; 1.3 Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.3.1 Problems with Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.4 Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.4.1 Parent and Physician Duties in Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.5 Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision on Never Competent Baby Boys; 1.5.1 Background of Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.2 Medicalization Helps Justify and Perpetuate Neonatal Circumcision1.5.3 Disclosure: Circumcision; Materiality: Neonatal Circumcision; Importance of Alternatives: Circumcision; 1.5.4 Voluntariness: Neonatal Circumcision; Timing, Manner, Order: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.5 CompetenceCapacity of Proxy Agents: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.6 Understanding: The Forgotten Element Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.7 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Conceptual Problems; 1.5.8 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Ethical Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.9 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Practical Problems and Considerations1.5.10 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision as a Non-therapeutic, Elective Procedure; 1.6 Conclusion; References; 2 Routine Infant Circumcision: Vital Issues that the Circumcision Proponents may be Overlooking; Abstract ; 2.1 Bioethics and Human Rights; 2.2 Foreskin Function; 2.3 Harms and Risks; 2.4 Medical Issues; 2.5 Penile Problems; 2.6 Cancer; 2.6.1 Sexually Transmitted Infections; 2.7 Conclusion; References; 3 The Smart Penis; Abstract ; 3.1 The Smart Penis; References; 4 The Harm of Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: Abstract 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Consequences of Circumcision; 4.3 Physical Consequences; 4.4 Psychological Consequences; 4.5 Cultural Consequences; References; 5 Evolution of Circumcision Methods: Not "Just a Snip"; Abstract ; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 History; 5.2.1 Circumcision Forceps; 5.2.2 Harris Clamp; 5.3 Disposable Devices; 5.4 Summary of Methods; 5.5 Instruments and Fetishism; References; 6 Penile Wounding: Complications of Routine Male Circumcision in a Typical American Family Practice; Abstract ; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Background; 6.3 Observations and Measurements; 6.4 Demographics
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4.1 Age, Height, and Weight
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400729964
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 58p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Tonon de Toscano, Graciela Young people's quality of life and construction of citizenship
    DDC: 306
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Education, Higher ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Social Sciences ; Sozialpsychologie ; Lebensqualität ; Staatsbürgerschaft ; Jugend ; Soziale Bedingung ; Sozialpsychologie
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789048189939
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 264 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Sharma, Arvind, 1940 - Problematizing religious freedom
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Religion (General) ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Religionsfreiheit ; Menschenrecht
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789048189274 , 1283453355 , 9781283453356
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 759p. 180 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agent-based models of geographical systems
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Cartography ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Cartography ; Human Geography ; Geographic information systems--Simulation methods. ; Multiagent systems. ; Geographic information systems ; Simulation methods ; Multiagent systems ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mehragentensystem ; Geoinformationssystem ; Geoinformationssystem ; Agent ; Quantitative Geografie ; Computersimulation
    Abstract: This unique book brings together a comprehensive set of papers on the background, theory, technical issues and applications of agent-based modelling (ABM) within geographical systems. This collection of papers is an invaluable reference point for the experienced agent-based modeller as well those new to the area. Specific geographical issues such as handling scale and space are dealt with as well as practical advice from leading experts about designing and creating ABMs, handling complexity, visualising and validating model outputs. With contributions from many of the world's leading research
    Abstract: This unique book brings together a comprehensive set of papers on the background, theory, technical issues and applications of agent-based modelling (ABM) within geographical systems. This collection of papers is an invaluable reference point for the experienced agent-based modeller as well those new to the area. Specific geographical issues such as handling scale and space are dealt with as well as practical advice from leading experts about designing and creating ABMs, handling complexity, visualising and validating model outputs. With contributions from many of the world's leading research
    Description / Table of Contents: Agent-Based Models of Geographical Systems; Contents; Chapter 1: Perspectives on Agent-Based Models and Geographical Systems; 1.1 A Little Bit of History; 1.2 Essential Themes; 1.3 Structural Rules, Behaviour, and Dynamics in ABM; 1.4 Computation, Calibration, Error and Uncertainty; 1.5 The Structure and Rationale for What Follows; 1.6 A Guide for the Reader; References; Part I: Computational Modelling: Techniques for Simulating Geographical Systems; Chapter 2: A Generic Framework for Computational Spatial Modelling; 2.1 Antecedents: The Origins of Spatial Models
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Modelling as Computation: Abstraction and Representation2.3 Feedback, Dynamics and Processes of Change; 2.4 Six Styles of Spatial Model; 2.5 Cellular Automata: Physical Simulation Models of Urban Morphologies; 2.6 Agent-Based Models: Purposive Behaviour, Physical Movement and Temporal Change; 2.7 Land Use Transportation (LUTI) Models: Aggregate Behaviour in Spatial Equilibrium; 2.8 Conclusions: Modelling Using Generic or Purpose-Built; References; Chapter 3: A Review of Microsimulation and Hybrid Agent-Based Approaches; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Microsimulation Models of Public Policy
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Application Areas of Public Policy MSMs3.4 Dynamic Microsimulation; 3.5 Spatial MSM; 3.6 Towards a Hybrid Modelling Approach; 3.6.1 ABM and MSM; 3.6.2 GI Science and ABM; 3.6.3 Unification of MSM, ABM and GI Science; 3.7 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Cellular Automata in Urban Spatial Modelling; 4.1 Preliminaries; 4.2 Basic Concepts of CA; 4.2.1 Origins of CA; 4.2.2 One-Dimensional CA; 4.2.3 Two-Dimensional CA; 4.2.4 Game of Life; 4.2.5 Life Forms; 4.3 CA as Complex Systems; 4.4 Urban CA; 4.4.1 History of Urban CA; 4.4.2 Theoretical Urban CA Models; 4.4.3 Real City CA Models
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3.1 Land Use Change in Constrained CA4.4.3.2 Diffusion-Based Urban Growth; 4.4.3.3 Urban Sprawl in CA; 4.4.3.4 Fuzzy Urbanization; 4.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Introduction to Agent-Based Modelling; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 What Is an Agent?; 5.2.1 What Does an Agent Look Like?; 5.2.2 Rules, Behaviour and Relationships; 5.2.3 Agent Environments; 5.3 Individual-Based Models; 5.3.1 Cellular Automata; 5.3.2 Microsimulation; 5.4 Constructing an Agent-Based Model; 5.5 Working with Agent-Based Models; 5.5.1 Verification, Calibration and Validation; 5.5.2 Communication and Visualisation
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Advantages of Agent-Based Modelling5.7 Limitations of Agent-Based Modelling; 5.8 Applications of Agent-Based Models; 5.9 Conclusion; References; Part II: Principles and Concepts of Agent-Based Modelling; Chapter 6: Agent-Based Models - Because They're Worth It?; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Horses for Courses: Different Agent Models for Different Purposes; 6.3 Are Modellers Agent-Based Because They Should Be or Because They Can Be?; 6.4 What Are Agents? And What Do They Do?; 6.5 So When Do Agents Make a Difference?; References; Chapter 7: Agent-Based Modeling and Complexity; 7.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Complexity Approaches
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...